Work Plan, Long-Term Monitoring, 

Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility, Pearl Harbor, 

O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

September 2010 

Department of the Navy 

Naval Facilities Engineering Command, Hawai‘i 

400 Marshall Road 

Pearl Harbor, HI 96860-3139

Environmental Technical Services 

Contract Number N62742-08-D-1930, Contract Task Order HC14 

Work Plan, Long-Term Monitoring, 

Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility, Pearl Harbor, 

O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

September 2010 

Prepared for: 

Department of the Navy 

Naval Facilities Engineering Command, Hawai‘i 

400 Marshall Road 

Pearl Harbor, HI 96860-3139 

Prepared by: 

Environet, Inc. 

650 Iwilei Road, Suite 204 

Honolulu, Hawai‘i 96817-5318

Prepared under: 

Environmental Technical Services 

Contract Number N62742-08-D-1930, Contract Task Order HC14 


Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Approvals Page

September 2010

ii 

This page is intentionally left blank.
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Table of Contents

September 2010

iii 

Table of Contents 

List of Acronyms......................................................................................................................... vii

Section 1 Introduction............................................................................................................. 1-1

1.1 Project Scope and Objective............................................................................................ 1-1

1.2 Location and Setting........................................................................................................ 1-1

1.3 Site Background .............................................................................................................. 1-9

1.3.1 Previous Environmental Activities ........................................................................... 1-9

1.4 Regulatory Requirements .............................................................................................. 1-11

Section 2 Project Organization .............................................................................................. 2-1

2.1 Roles and Responsibilities............................................................................................... 2-1

2.1.1 Project Manager ........................................................................................................ 2-1

2.1.2 Field Manager ........................................................................................................... 2-2

2.1.3 Health and Safety Officer.......................................................................................... 2-2

2.1.4 Quality Control Manager .......................................................................................... 2-2

2.1.5 Project Staff............................................................................................................... 2-2

2.1.6 Analytical Laboratory ............................................................................................... 2-2

2.1.7 Personnel Qualifications ........................................................................................... 2-3

2.1.8 Subcontractors........................................................................................................... 2-3

2.2 Planning........................................................................................................................... 2-3

2.3 Permitting ........................................................................................................................ 2-3

2.4 Project Schedule .............................................................................................................. 2-4

2.5 Health and Safety Requirements ..................................................................................... 2-4

Section 3 Sampling and Analysis Plan .................................................................................. 3-1

3.1 Groundwater Sampling and Analysis.............................................................................. 3-1

3.1.1 Purging ...................................................................................................................... 3-1

3.1.2 Sample Collection ..................................................................................................... 3-2

3.1.3 Sample Analysis........................................................................................................ 3-2

3.1.4 Sampling Equipment................................................................................................. 3-2

3.1.5 Sample Containers .................................................................................................... 3-3

3.1.6 Sample Preservation.................................................................................................. 3-4

3.1.7 Sample Labeling........................................................................................................ 3-4

3.1.8 Sample Handling and Shipping................................................................................. 3-5

3.2 Soil Vapor Monitoring .................................................................................................... 3-5

3.2.1 Monitoring Procedures.............................................................................................. 3-5

3.2.2 Monitoring Equipment .............................................................................................. 3-7

3.3 Fuel Product Monitoring ................................................................................................. 3-7

3.4 Field Documentation ....................................................................................................... 3-7

3.5 Management and Disposal of IDW ................................................................................. 3-8

Section 4 Quality Assurance Project Plan ............................................................................ 4-1

4.1 Summary of the Data Quality Objectives Process............................................................. 4-1

4.1.1 Statement of the Problem............................................................................................ 4-1

4.1.2 Identify the Goals of the Study ................................................................................... 4-1
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Table of Contents

September 2010

iv 

4.1.3 Identify the Information.............................................................................................. 4-1

4.1.4 Define the Boundaries of the Study ............................................................................ 4-2 

4.1.5 Develop the Analytical Approach............................................................................... 4-2 

4.1.6 Specify Performance Acceptance Criteria .................................................................. 4-2 

4.1.7 Develop the Plan for Obtaining Data.......................................................................... 4-2 

4.2 QA/QC Sampling and Sample Handling Procedures ........................................................ 4-3 

4.2.1 Sample Collection Method ......................................................................................... 4-3 

4.2.2 Field QC Samples ....................................................................................................... 4-3 

4.2.3 Sample Containers ...................................................................................................... 4-3 

4.2.4 Sample Labeling ......................................................................................................... 4-3 

4.2.5 Field Instrument Calibration/Documentation ............................................................. 4-4 

4.3 Laboratory Requirements .................................................................................................. 4-4 

4.3.1 Project Analytes .......................................................................................................... 4-4 

4.3.2 Reporting Limits ......................................................................................................... 4-5 

4.4 Analytical Data Quality Review........................................................................................ 4-5 

4.4.1 Accuracy ..................................................................................................................... 4-5 

4.4.2 Precision...................................................................................................................... 4-5 

4.4.3 Completeness .............................................................................................................. 4-6 

4.4.4 Representativeness...................................................................................................... 4-6 

4.4.5 Comparability ............................................................................................................. 4-6 

4.5 Data Reporting and Documentation .................................................................................. 4-6 

4.6 Oversight and Assessment ................................................................................................. 4-7 

4.7 Corrective Action............................................................................................................... 4-7 

4.7.1 Field Corrective Action............................................................................................... 4-8

4.7.2 Laboratory Corrective Action ..................................................................................... 4-8 

4.7.3 Corrective Action Following Data Assessment.......................................................... 4-8 

Section 5 References................................................................................................................ 5-1

Tables 

Table 1-1: USTs at Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility............................................................ 1-3

Table 2-1: Project Organization and Responsibilities ................................................................ 2-1

Table 3-1: Quarterly Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Program......................................... 3-2

Table 3-2: Analytical Methods, Recommended Sample Containers, Preservatives, and Holding 

Times for Groundwater Samples.............................................................................. 3-3

Figures 

Figure 1-1: Project Location Map............................................................................................... 1-5

Figure 1-2: Groundwater Monitoring Well and Soil Vapor Monitoring Point Location Map ... 1-7

Appendices 

Appendix A: Health and Safety Plan 

Appendix B: Field Forms 

Appendix C: Environet SOPs 

Appendix D: Waste Management Plan 

Appendix E: Table of DOH EALs 
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

List of Acronyms

September 2010

v 

List of Acronyms 

C degrees Celsius 

μg/L micrograms per liter 

%D percent difference 

%R percent recovery 

AHA Activity Hazard Analysis 

AMEC AMEC Earth and Environmental Inc. 

CERCLA Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and 

Liability Act 

CFR Code of Federal Regulations 

CPR cardiopulmonary resuscitation 

COC chain of custody 

COPC chemicals of potential concern 

DLNR Department of Land and Natural Resources 

DOH State of Hawai‘i Department of Health 

DoN Department of the Navy 

DOT U.S. Department of Transportation 

DQO data quality objectives 

EAL environmental action level 

EPA U.S. Environmental Protection Agency 

F-76 marine diesel fuel 

FISC Fleet and Industrial Supply Center 

FM Field Manager 

GPS global positioning system 

HAR Hawai‘i Administrative Record 

HAZWOPER Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response 

HDMW Hālawa Deep monitoring well 

HPWS Hawai‘i rules relating to potable water systems 

HSO Health and Safety Officer 

HSP Health and Safety Plan 

HSWA Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments 

ID identification 

IDW investigation-derived waste 

JP-5 Jet Propellant-5 

JP-8 Jet Propellant-8 

LCS laboratory control samples 

LD laboratory duplicate 

LNAPL light non-aqueous phase liquid 

LOD limit of detection 

LOQ limit of quantitation 

LTM long-term monitoring 

MDL method detection limit 

ml milliliters 

ml/min milliliters per minute 
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

List of Acronyms

September 2010

vi 

MCL maximum contaminant level 

MS matrix spike 

MSD matrix spike duplicate 

msl mean sea level 

NAVFAC Naval Facilities Engineering Command 

NFESC Naval Facilities Engineering Service Center 

NIRIS Naval Installation Restoration Information System 

NPDW National Primary Drinking Water Act 

NTR Navy Technical Representative 

Ogden Ogden Environmental and Energy Services 

OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration 

OWDF Oily Waste Disposal Facility 

OWDFMW Oily Waste Disposal Facility monitoring well 

PAHs polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons 

PAL Project Action Level 

pH hydrogen activity 

PID photo ionization detector 

PM Project Manager 

ppb parts per billion 

ppbv parts per billion by volume 

PPE personal protective equipment 

QA quality assurance 

QAPP Quality Assurance Project Plan 

QC quality control 

RCRA Resource Conservation and Recovery Act 

RHSF Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

RHMW Red Hill monitoring well 

RI/FS Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study 

RPD relative percent difference 

SAP Sampling and Analysis Plan 

SDWA Safe Drinking Water Act 

SVMP soil vapor monitoring point 

TEC The Environmental Company Inc. 

TPH total petroleum hydrocarbons 

TPH-GRO total petroleum hydrocarbons gasoline range organics 

TPH-DRO total petroleum hydrocarbons diesel range organics 

U.S. United States 

USACE U.S. Army Corps of Engineers 

UST underground storage tank 

VOA volatile organic analysis 

VOC volatile organic compound 

WMP Waste Management Plan 

WP Work Plan 
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Introduction

September 2010

1-1 

Section 1 Introduction 

This Work Plan (WP) describes the work procedures and methods that will be implemented and 

adhered to during the Long-Term Monitoring (LTM) at the Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility, 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i, herein after referred to as RHSF (Figure 1-1). The LTM will 

include quarterly groundwater sampling, monthly soil vapor monitoring, and monthly fuel 

product monitoring at existing groundwater monitoring wells and soil vapor monitoring points 

(SVMPs) to evaluate the presence and magnitude of chemicals of potential concern (COPCs). 

This WP has been prepared by Environet for Naval Facilities Engineering Command (NAVFAC) 

Hawai‘i under Contract Number N62742-08-D-1930, Contract Task Order HC14. This WP 

updates the Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility Final Work Plan Addendum, Pearl Harbor, 

Hawai‘i, dated May 2006. 

1.1 Project Scope and Objective 

The objective of this project is to perform continued LTM to evaluate petroleum–related 

contamination in soil and groundwater at the RHSF. A total of four quarterly groundwater 

monitoring events and twelve monthly soil vapor and fuel product monitoring events will be 

performed starting in September 2010 and ending in August 2011. The LTM data will be used 

as a basis for decision making at the RHSF. 

1.2 Location and Setting 

The RHSF is located on the island of O‘ahu, Hawai‘i, approximately 2.5 miles northeast of Pearl 

Harbor in Hālawa Heights (Figure 1-1). The RHSF lies along the western edge of the Ko‘olau 

Range and is situated on a low ridge that divides the Hālawa Valley and the Moanalua Valley. 

Land adjacent to the north of the RHSF is occupied by Hālawa Correctional Facility and private 

businesses. Land to the south and west of the facility includes the Coast Guard Reservation and 

other residential neighborhoods. Moanalua Valley is located to the east of the facility. The Salt 

Lake volcanic crater is located south of the facility. RHSF occupies approximately 144 acres of 

land. The majority of the surface topography of RHSF lies at an elevation of approximately 200 

to 500 feet above mean sea level (msl). However, much of the work conducted onsite will be in 

underground tunnels, which are located between 100 to 120 feet above msl. The RHSF consists 

of 18 active and two inactive underground storage tanks (USTs) operated by Department of 

Navy (DoN) Fleet and Industrial Supply Center (FISC) Pearl Harbor. Each UST has a capacity 

of approximately 12.5 million gallons (Table 1-1). The UST facility is located approximately 

100 feet above the basal aquifer. 

Current zoning information obtained from the City and County of Honolulu’s Department of 

Planning and Permitting indicates that the RHSF is located on federal government land, (zoned 

F1 – Military and Federal) with public land adjacent to the north and northeast. A high cliff 

(approximately 100 to 200 feet elevation difference) in the public land area separates the RHSF 

from a mixed industrial area and a residential area containing the Hālawa Correctional Facility. 
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Introduction

September 2010

1-2 

A quarry is located further to the northwest in an agricultural zone. The H-3 Freeway is located 

northwest of the quarry. 

A total of seven groundwater monitoring wells are included in the current monitoring program 

(Figure 1-2). Five groundwater monitoring wells are located within RHSF (Red Hill monitoring 

well (RHMW)01, RHMW02, RHMW03, RHMW05, and RHMW2254-01) and two groundwater 

monitoring wells are located outside the RHSF Oily Waste Disposal Facility monitoring 

well(OWDFMW)01) and (Hālawa Deep monitoring well (HDMW)2253-03. The following is a 

summary of the location of the wells: 

 Four groundwater monitoring wells (RHMW01, RHMW02, RHMW03, and RHMW05) 

are located inside the underground tunnels at the RHFS. 

 Groundwater monitoring well RHMW2254-01 is located inside the infiltration gallery of 

United States (U.S.) Navy well 2254-01. The U.S. Navy Well 2254-01 is located 

approximately 3,000 feet down-gradient (west) of the USTs and provides approximately 

24 percent of the potable water to the Pearl Harbor System, which serves approximately 

52,200 military consumers. The Navy Public Works Department operates a potable 

water infiltration tunnel approximately 1,550 feet hydraulically down-gradient from the 

USTs. 

 Groundwater monitoring well OWDFMW01 is located southeast of the Oily Waste 

Disposal Facility (OWDF) in the western most corner of RHSF property boundary. 

 Groundwater monitoring well HDMW2253-03 is located inside the boundaries of the 

Hālawa Correctional Facility property, north of Hālawa Stream. The groundwater 

monitoring well is located between the RHSF and the municipal drinking water supply 

well run by the City and County of Honolulu Board of Water Supply Hālawa Shaft 

pumping station. Special permission is required from the administration at the Hālawa 

Correctional Facility for access to groundwater monitoring well HDMW2253-03. The 

groundwater monitoring well is controlled by the State of Hawai‘i Commission on Water 

Resource Management and special permission is also required from Department of Land 

and Natural Resources (DLNR) to access this groundwater monitoring well. 
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Introduction

September 2010

1-3 

Table 1-1: USTs at Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Tank Identification 

Number Fuel Type Status Capacity 

1 None Not In Use 12.5 million gallons 

2 JP-8 In Use 12.5 million gallons 

3 JP-8 In Use 12.5 million gallons 

4 JP-8 In Use 12.5 million gallons 

5 JP-8 In Use 12.5 million gallons 

6 JP-8 In Use 12.5 million gallons 

7 JP-5 In Use 12.5 million gallons 

8 JP-5 In Use 12.5 million gallons 

9 JP-5 In Use 12.5 million gallons 

10 JP-5 In Use 12.5 million gallons 

11 JP-5 In Use 12.5 million gallons 

12 JP-5 In Use 12.5 million gallons 

13 F-76 In Use 12.5 million gallons 

14 F-76 In Use 12.5 million gallons 

15 F-76 In Use 12.5 million gallons 

16 F-76 In Use 12.5 million gallons 

17 JP-5 In Use 12.5 million gallons 

18 JP-5 In Use 12.5 million gallons 

19 None Not In Use 12.5 million gallons 

20 JP-5 In Use 12.5 million gallons 

Notes: 

1. JP-5 and JP-8 are Jet Propellant 

2. F-76 is marine diesel fuel 
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Introduction

September 2010

1-4 

This page is intentionally left blank.
RED HILL NAVAL RESERVATION

HALAWA CORRECTIONAL FACILITY

MOANALUA FREEWAY

MOANALUA VALLEY

H-3 FREEWAY

RED HILL OILY WASTE DISPOSAL FACILITY

COAST GUARD RESERVATION

SCALE: 1" = 3000 FEET

3,000 1,500 0 3,000

FE

PROJECT LOCATION MAP

LONG-TERM MONITORING, RED HILL BULK FUEL STORAGE 
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Introduction

September 2010

1-6 

This page is intentionally left blank. 
A@

A@

A@

A@

A@ A@

A@

?@

?@

?@

?@

?@

?@

?@

?@

?@

?@

?@

?@

?@

?@

?@

?@

?@

?@

OWDFMW01

RHMW2254-01

RHMW05

RHMW01

RHMW02

RHMW03

HDMW2253-03

SVMP02

SVMP03

SVMP04

SVMP06

SVMP08

SVMP10

SVMP12

SVMP14

SVMP16

SVMP18

SVMP20

SVMP05

SVMP07

SVMP09

SVMP11

SVMP13

SVMP15

SVMP17

HALAWA INDUSTRIAL PARK

HALAWA CORRECTIONAL FACILITY

HALAWA STREAM

A@RHMW04

U.S. Navy Well 2254-01

!( HALAWA SHAFT BOARD OF WATER

 SUPPLY PUMP STATION

SCALE: 1" = 1000 FEET

GROUNDWATER MONITORING WELL AND SOIL VAPOR MONITORING PO

LONG-TERM MONITORING, RED HILL BULK FUEL STORAGE 

Leg

?@ 

A@ 

!( 

1,000 500 0 1,000

Feet
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Introduction

September 2010

1-8 

This page is intentionally left blank.
Draft Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Introduction

September 2010

1-9 

1.3 Site Background 

The RHSF was constructed by the U.S. government in the early 1940s and includes 20 USTs, 

each with a capacity of approximately 12.5 million gallons and a series of system tunnels. The 

tanks are constructed of steel and currently contain jet fuel propellant (JP-5 and JP-8) and marine 

diesel fuel (F-76). Previously, several of the tanks have also been used to store Navy special fuel 

oil, Navy distillate, aviation gasoline and motor gasoline. The fueling system is a self-contained 

underground unit that was installed into native rock comprised primarily of basalt with some 

inter-bedded tuffs and breccias. Each tank measures approximately 245 feet in height and 100 

feet in diameter. The upper domes of the tanks lie at depths varying between approximately 100 

feet and 200 feet below the existing ground surface. The tanks are currently being inspected and 

repaired by Willbros Government Services. 

1.3.1 Previous Environmental Activities 

This section provides a description of the pertinent environmental activities conducted at RHSF 

since the facility was declassified (in the late 1990's), up to April 2010. 

1998: Groundwater monitoring well OWDFMW01(originally MW08) was installed in 1998 for 

a Phase II Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study (RI/FS) for the OWDF (Earth Tech Inc., 

1999). 

2001: In February 2001, the Navy installed groundwater monitoring well RHMW01 to monitor 

for contamination of the basal aquifer underlying the RHSF. This groundwater monitoring well 

was installed and completed at approximately 100 feet below grade within the lower access 

tunnel. At the time of well completion, depth to water in groundwater monitoring well 

RHMW01 was measured at 86 feet below grade (The Environmental Company Inc. [TEC], 

2009). Groundwater samples collected from RHMW01 in February 2001 contained total 

petroleum hydrocarbons (TPH) concentrations ranging from 883 micrograms per liter (g/L) to 

1,050 g/L and total lead ranging from 10.4 g/L to 15 g/L. The maximum total lead 

concentration in the samples was equal to the primary drinking water standard of 15 g/L for 

lead and exceeded the Hawai‘i Department of Health (DOH) groundwater Tier 1 Environmental 

Action Level (EAL) of 5.6 g/L (TEC, 2009). 

2005: The Navy began quarterly groundwater monitoring at two existing monitoring wells 

(RHMW01 and RHMW2254-01) in February 2005. Samples collected in February and June 

2005 were not filtered in the field prior to analysis for lead. Analytical results for samples 

collected from groundwater monitoring well RHMW01 indicated concentrations of total lead 

were above the DOH EAL of 5.6 g/L. The results were not considered appropriate for risk 

evaluation since the samples had not been filtered. In addition, lead was not a component of 

fuels from the tanks near groundwater monitoring well RHMW01. Lead may have been part of 

the RHSF construction material. 

TEC installed three groundwater monitoring wells at RHSF between June and September 2005. 

Monitoring wells (RHMW02 and RHMW03) were installed within the RHSF UST system. 

Monitoring well RHMW04 was installed hydraulically upgradient of the USTs to provide 
Draft Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Introduction

September 2010

1-10 

geochemistry for water moving through the basal aquifer beneath the RHSF. Monitoring wells 

RHMW02 and RHMW03 were completed to depths of approximately 125 feet below the tunnel 

floor, and well RHMW04 was completed to a depth of approximately 300 feet below ground 

surface outside the tunnel. Groundwater samples were collected from the three newly installed 

wells and two existing wells (RHMW01 and RHMW2254-01) in September 2005. Naphthalene 

and trichloroethylene were detected in samples collected from RHMW02 at concentrations 

above the DOH EALs. 

2006: Dedicated sampling pumps were installed in five wells (RHMW01, RHMW02, 

RHMW03, RHMW04, and RHMW2254-01). TEC collected groundwater samples from the five 

groundwater monitoring wells in July 2006. The groundwater samples were analyzed for 

petroleum constituents. Naphthalene was detected in samples collected from RHMW02 at 

concentrations above the DOH EALs. 

In September 2006, with concurrence from the DOH, the Navy decided to use the newer DOH 

EALs for the Red Hill Site Investigation and Risk Assessment project. Since a DOH Policy 

Letter stated that the two sets of action levels should not be mixed, the Tier 1 screening levels 

presented in Hawai‘i Administrative Record (HAR) Section 11-281-78 would no longer be used 

to evaluate environmental impact at RHSF (TEC, 2009). 

In December 2006, groundwater samples were collected from the five existing monitoring wells. 

The groundwater samples were analyzed for petroleum constituents. TPH as diesel range 

organics (TPH-DRO) was detected in groundwater samples at a concentration above the DOH 

Drinking Water EAL in monitoring well RHMW01. TPH gasoline range organics (TPH-GRO), 

TPH-DRO, and naphthalene were detected in groundwater samples at concentrations above the 

DOH Drinking Water EALs in monitoring well RHMW02. 

2007: Groundwater samples were collected in March, June, and September 2007. TPH-DRO 

was detected in groundwater samples at concentrations above the DOH Drinking Water EALs in 

RHMW01 during all three sampling events. TPH-GRO exceeded DOH Drinking Water EAL in 

March; TPH-DRO and naphthalene exceeded DOH Drinking Water EALs during all three 

monitoring events; and 1-methylnaphthalene and 2-methylnaphthalene exceeded the DOH 

Groundwater Gross Contamination EAL during all three sampling events in RHMW02. TPHDRO exceeded DOH Drinking Water EALs at RHMW03 in June. 

2008: In a response to increasing concentrations of COPCs at groundwater monitoring wells 

within RHSF (specifically monitoring well RHMW02), quarterly sampling commenced at the 

outside monitoring wells HDMW2253-03 and OWDFMW01. 

Groundwater samples were collected in January, April, July, and October 2008. Analytical 

results indicated the following: 

 petroleum constituents were not detected above DOH Drinking Water EALs at 

RHMW2254-01; 

 trace detections of 1-methylnaphthalene and naphthalene prompted a resample event in 

December at RHMW2254-01, no chemicals were detected above the method detection 

limit (MDL); 
Draft Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Introduction

September 2010

1-11 

 TPH-DRO exceeded DOH Drinking Water EALs at RHMW01 during all four sampling 

events; 

 TPH-GRO did not exceed DOH Drinking Water EALs at RHMW02; 

 TPH-DRO, naphthalene, 1-methylnaphthalene, and 2-methylnaphthalene exceeded DOH 

Drinking Water EALs at RHMW02; and 

 TPH-DRO exceeded DOH Drinking Water EALs at RHMW03 during all four sampling 

events. 

2009 – 2010: In April 2009, a new groundwater monitoring well, RHMW05, was installed by 

TEC. RHMW05 is located downgradient from the USTs, within the lower access tunnel 

between RHMW01 and RHMW2254-01. It was installed to identify the extent of contaminant 

migration downgradient prior to contaminants reaching the infiltration gallery at the U.S. Navy 

Well 2254-01 (RHMW2254-01). Groundwater samples were collected in February, May, July, 

and October 2009. Analytical results indicated the following: 

 petroleum constituents have not been detected above DOH Drinking Water EALs at 

RHMW2254-01, OWDFMW01, RHMW04, and HDMW2253-03; 

 trace TPH-GRO at RHMW2254-01 was detected above the laboratory MDL and 

significantly below the laboratory reporting limit and DOH EAL, in February and May 

2009; 

 TPH-DRO at OWDFMW01 was detected at 1,490 μg/L, exceeding the DOH 

Groundwater Gross Contamination EAL and Drinking Water EAL (i.e., 100 μg/L and 

210 μg/L, respectively). No other COPC was detected above the laboratory MDLs in 

OWDFMW01 (TEC 2010b). 

 TPH-DRO exceeded DOH Drinking Water EALs at RHMW01 and at RHMW02 during 

all four sampling events; 

 TPH-GRO did not exceed DOH Drinking Water EALs at RHMW02; 

 Naphthalene, 1-methylnaphthalene, and 2-methylnaphthalene exceeded DOH Drinking 

Water EALs at RHMW02 in February 2009, however only 1-methylnaphthalene 

exceeded the DOH Drinking Water EALs in May and July 2009. Only naphthalene 

exceeded the DOH EALs at RHMW02 in October 2009; 

 TPH-DRO exceeded DOH Drinking Water EALs at RHMW03 in February, but not in 

May, July or October 2009. 

 TPH-DRO exceeded DOH Drinking Water EALs at RHMW05 during the July 2009 and 

October 2009 sampling events. 

1.4 Regulatory Requirements 

This LTM will be completed in accordance with applicable federal regulations, including the 

Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), the Comprehensive Environmental 

Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA), and Title 29 of the Code of Federal 

Regulations (CFR) describing Occupational Safety and Health Standards. Based on the current 

knowledge of the site, the State and Federal regulatory requirements that apply to RHSF include 

the following: 

 Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA) and National Primary Drinking Water Act (NPDW); 

the NPDW regulations within 40 CFR Part 141 implement the provisions of the SDWA. 
Draft Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Introduction

September 2010

1-12 

They establish maximum contaminant levels (MCLs) for various substances in potable 

water. 

 Hawai‘i rules relating to the potable water systems (HPWS) – The DOH HPWS (HAR 

Title 11, Chapter 20) set forth MCLs of certain chemicals in public and private drinking 

water systems. These MCLs are analogous to the NPDW regulations. 

 State of Hawai‘i UST Regulations– established in 1979 and amended with the Hazardous 

and Solid Waste Amendments (HSWA) of 1984 established a comprehensive regulatory 

program for USTs. The State of Hawai‘i adopted its own UST statutes and regulations 

(Hawai‘i Revised Statutes, Title 19, Chapter 342L and HAR, Title 11, Chapter 281, 

Subchapters 1 through 10) to implement these laws in Hawai‘i . Owners and operators of 

USTs that contain regulated substances such as petroleum are required to take specific 

actions when investigating releases from their USTs. Regulations and requirements are 

explained in detail in the Technical Guidance Manual for Underground Storage Tank 

Closure and Release Response (DOH, 2000). 

 DOH, Evaluation of Environmental Hazards at sites with Contaminated Soil and 

Groundwater, which provides guidance for identification and evaluation of 

environmental hazards associated with contaminated soil and groundwater (DOH, 2009). 
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Project Organization

September 2010

2-1 

Section 2 Project Organization 

This section provides a summary of key project personnel, subcontractors, and the project 

organizational structure. Having a clear understanding of each individual and organization’s 

roles and responsibilities will be instrumental in the successful completion of the project. 

2.1 Roles and Responsibilities 

Table 2-1 contains the project contact list showing key personnel and organizations for this 

project. 

Table 2-1: Project Organization and Responsibilities 

Title Project Personnel Contact Information 

Navy Technical Representative (NTR) Darren Uchima (808) 471-1171 ext. 217 

Darren.uchima@navy.mil 

Senior Program Manager, Environet Zachary Payne (808) 227-0844 

zpayne@environetinc.com 

Project Manager (PM), Environet Vilma Dupra (808) 754-3925 

vdupra@environetinc.com 

Health and Safety Officer (HSO), 

Environet Shelby Koide (808) 833-2225 ext. 1038 skoide@environetinc.com 

Field Manager (FM), Environet Max Solmssen (808) 833-2225 ext. 1012 

msolmssen@environetinc.com 

Quality Control (QC) Manager and 

Chemist, Environet Weixi Zheng (808) 277-0467 wzheng@environetinc.com 

APPL Inc. Laboratories Cynthia Clark (559) 275-2175 

cclark@applinc.com 

Pacific Commercial Disposal Services Jingbo Chang (808) 545-4599 

jingbo.chang@pcshi.com 

DLNR Commission on Water Resource 

Management Jeremy Kimura (808) 587-0269 

Jeremy.l.kimura@hawaii.gov 

Hālawa Correctional Facility 

Administration Faye Yap 

(808) 483-5221 

faye.tyap@hawaii.gov 

(DLNR will contact) 

This organizational structure is designed to ensure that all personnel involved with the project 

will receive proper instruction and information, and that appropriate quality assurance (QA)/QC 

procedures will be followed throughout the field effort. The roles and responsibilities of key 

personnel are presented below. 

2.1.1 Project Manager 

The PM, Ms. Vilma Dupra, has overall responsibility for completing the project in accordance 

with the Scope of Work. The PM will be directly responsible for scheduling and developing the 

technical approach for completing project tasks, providing strategic direction to project 

personnel, and implementing the Health and Safety Plan (HSP). The PM will also oversee the 

preparation of the project WP, HSP, and all other project deliverables. The PM will ensure that 

security passes for all personnel and vehicles are obtained at least three weeks prior to entering 

the site. The PM will be responsible for monitoring the quality of work products, ensuring that 

project milestones are being met, and for implementing corrective measures when necessary. 
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Project Organization

September 2010

2-2 

2.1.2 Field Manager 

The FM, Mr. Max Solmssen, will be responsible for scheduling and directing all field activities 

and will implement this WP. The FM will receive strategic instructions from the PM on how to 

implement the WP. The FM will also be responsible for coordinating with subcontractors and 

vendors to ensure that all necessary equipment, personnel, and supplies are ready and available 

to complete the groundwater monitoring activities. The FM will coordinate the site access with 

the DoN at Pearl Harbor to arrange an escort to the RHSF. The FM will coordinate with the 

DLNR Commission on Water Resource Management and with the administrator of Hālawa 

Correctional Facility at least two weeks in advance to obtain clearance and access to the offsite 

monitoring wells. Mr. Solmssen has completed medical first aid, Cardiopulmonary 

Resuscitation (CPR), Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response (HAZWOPER) 40 

hour, and Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) construction safety 30 hour 

courses as required. 

2.1.3 Health and Safety Officer 

The Environet HSO, Ms. Shelby Koide, will be responsible for implementing and enforcing the 

HSP during field activities. The HSO will conduct health and safety meetings and daily 

monitoring and site inspections as required by the HSP, and ensure that personal protective 

equipment (PPE) and safety monitoring instrumentation are available and ready for use. Any 

deficiencies will be logged and abated. The HSO will report health and safety issues directly to 

the Environet PM and has the authority to stop work at any time should conditions be deemed 

unsafe. If there is a work stoppage due to health and safety reasons, the HSO will consult with 

the Environet PM to investigate the cause of the concern and implement appropriate corrective 

action based on the procedures described in the HSP. Ms. Koide has completed the required 

OSHA 30 hour training requirement as well as CPR, First Aid and OSHA 40 hour HAZWOPER 

training. 

2.1.4 Quality Control Manager 

The QC Manager, Ms. Weixi Zheng, has overall responsibility and authority for developing and 

managing the Project QC Program. The QC Manager is responsible for preparing, updating, and 

revising the QC Plan for this contract, and for assisting in preparing and implementing QC 

procedures and plans at the project site. The QC Manager is also responsible for reviewing and 

approving Project QC Plans prior to delivery to the Contraction Officer for approval. 

2.1.5 Project Staff 

Each member of the project staff will be responsible for reading and understanding the 

requirements of this WP and the HSP prior to taking part in any field activities. The project staff 

will receive their work assignment and instructions from the PM. Members of the project staff 

are also responsible for understanding and implementing the QA and QC procedures in 

accordance with the corporate QA Plan. 

2.1.6 Analytical Laboratory 

APPL, Inc. Laboratories has been contracted to provide analytical services. APPL, Inc. is 

currently certified by the Naval Facilities Engineering Service Center (NFESC) to perform all of 

the analytical methods for this project. The laboratory will provide all necessary sample 
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Project Organization

September 2010

2-3 

containers and will coordinate with the PM regarding sample container shipment, sample 

delivery, and data delivery requirements and schedule. APPL, Inc. is to produce data that meets 

the requirements set forth in this WP. 

2.1.7 Personnel Qualifications 

All personnel assigned to the project, including employees and subcontractors, will be qualified 

to perform the tasks to which they are assigned. Appraisal of personnel qualifications will be 

made by the PM. The appraisal will include a comparison of the job assignment requirements 

with the relevant experience and training of the prospective assignee. It will also include a 

determination of whether further project staff training is required. If further training is required, 

the PM shall schedule the training so that project staff has the necessary training before the start 

of field activities. 

2.1.8 Subcontractors 

All subcontractors will report to the PM or her designee, and furnish all personnel, equipment, 

and materials required for their delegated tasks. Although Environet expects subcontractors to 

ensure QC of their own work, the site supervision, inspection, and approval of all subcontracted 

work will be the responsibility of Environet. The following is a list of subcontractors whose 

service will be utilized in the LTM of the RHSF: 

 Pacific Commercial Systems for investigation derived waste (IDW) removal and 

treatment and, 

 APPL Inc. Laboratories for analytical services. 

2.2 Planning 

Environet will be responsible for project set-up and planning as follows: 

 obtaining security passes and escorts for all personnel and vehicles requiring access to 

RHSF and surrounding properties when necessary; 

 acquiring additional information including utility maps, as-built drawings/record 

drawings, historical data, and/or any other pertinent background information; 

 obtaining all federal, state, and local permits and approvals required to perform the 

fieldwork; 

 preparing a plan for various facility locations including office trailer, staging areas, 

decontamination areas and material storage; 

 attending a pre-performance meeting; and 

 preparing and submitting final planning documents prior to initiating fieldwork. 

2.3 Permitting 

Operations will be performed in compliance with all applicable U.S. federal regulations. In 

addition, the work will be performed to meet the substantive requirements of State or local laws, 

rules, and regulations. All members of the field team will have obtained a valid background 
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Project Organization

September 2010

2-4 

check and fingerprinting as required by NAVFAC Hawai‘i prior to commencing any field 

activities. 

2.4 Project Schedule 

The normal work schedule will be Monday through Friday, eight hours per day. Environet 

assumes normal work schedule access within the security fence perimeter surrounding RHSF and 

on neighboring properties. 

The sequence and frequency of LTM activities are as follows: 

 September 2010 – Initiate the first of 12 monthly soil vapor sampling and monthly fuel 

product monitoring. 

 October 2010 – Initiate the first of four quarterly groundwater sampling events. 

 January 2011 – Perform the second of four quarterly groundwater sampling events. 

 April 2011 – Perform the third of four quarterly groundwater sampling events. 

 August 2011 – The last quarterly groundwater sampling event shall take place. 

2.5 Health and Safety Requirements 

The entire project team will be required to read and sign the HSP as verification that they 

understand the plan. As described in the site HSP, Environet will take all necessary preventive 

measures to provide a safe work environment during field activities. The HSP includes 

appropriate Activity Hazard Analyses (AHAs), outlines personnel risk minimization through 

compliance with the Occupational Safety and Health Administration and U.S. Army Corps of 

Engineers (USACE) safety regulations (Appendix A). 
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Sampling and Analysis Plan

September 2010

3-1 

Section 3 Sampling and Analysis Plan 

This section provides a detailed description of the sampling activities and analysis plan for the 

LTM at the RHSF. 

3.1 Groundwater Sampling and Analysis 

Quarterly groundwater sampling and analysis will be conducted at five existing groundwater 

monitoring wells inside the RHSF (RHMW01, RHMW02, RHMW03, RHMW05, and 

RHMW2254-01) and two monitoring wells located outside of the RHSF (HDMW 2253-03 and 

OWDFMW01) (Figure 1-2). The following sections describe the groundwater sampling 

procedures that will be utilized. Groundwater sample collection will be conducted in accordance 

with Procedure I-C-3, Monitoring Well Sampling (DON, 2007). 

3.1.1 Purging 

Prior to purging, depth to groundwater will be measured using a Solinst 122 oil/water interface 

probe before any water is removed. To prevent possible cross contamination of wells, water 

level measurement devices will be decontaminated prior to use at each well. The depth to 

standing water and the total depth of the well will be measured to the nearest 0.01 foot. 

Prior to sample collection, the monitoring wells will be purged to remove standing water in the 

well casing, which may not be representative of the aquifer water quality. Purging will be 

accomplished by removing water from the well using a dedicated bladder pump. Purging will 

require a source of compressed air for all monitoring wells except HDMW2253-03 which has no 

dedicated pump. Disposable bailers will be used at HDMW2253-03. Inside of the RHSF tunnel, 

a compressed air supply line is usually available and will be used. A QED MP50 MicroPurge 

Basics Controller© box for the dedicated pumps will be connected to the compressed air system 

with an in-line filter and water trap. Outside of the RHSF, and if compressed air is unavailable 

inside the RHSF, a 200 standard cubic feet compressed gas cylinder containing clean dry 

nitrogen or carbon dioxide or a gas powered air compressor will be used. The compressed gas 

pressure will be reduced to 125 pounds per square inch, by use of a regulator with high and low 

pressure gauges attached to the cylinder. Purging will be conducted at a low flow rate of less 

than one liter per minute. Purge water collected from within the tunnels will be placed directly 

into the sump pit system near the Tank 17 and 18 bulkhead, that leads to the FISC oil/water 

separator and associated disposal tanks or placed in a 55-gallon drum for temporary storage. 

Outside of the tunnels, purge water will be placed in a 55-gallon drum for temporary storage. 

Water quality parameters will be measured on a regular basis during well purging, including: 

hydrogen activity (pH), temperature, conductivity, dissolved oxygen, turbidity, and oxidation 

reduction potential. At least four to six readings will be taken during the purging process. The 

water quality parameters will be evaluated to demonstrate that the natural characteristics of the 

aquifer formation waters are present within the monitoring well prior to sample collection. 

Purging will be considered complete when at least three consecutive water quality measurements 
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Sampling and Analysis Plan

September 2010

3-2 

stabilize within approximately ten percent. All information obtained during purging and 

sampling will be entered into a groundwater sampling log (Appendix B). 

3.1.2 Sample Collection 

After purging is complete, groundwater samples will be collected using the same dedicated 

bladder pump system with the exception of the HDMW2253-03 which will be sampled using 

disposable bailers. A period of no more than two hours will elapse between purging and 

sampling to prevent groundwater interaction with the casing and atmosphere. The water level 

within the monitoring wells will be measured and recorded prior to sampling to ensure that drawdown has not occurred. Groundwater sampling will be conducted at a low flow rate of less than 

one liter per minute. Dissolved lead samples will be filtered in the field using a 0.45 micron 

sized filter. 

3.1.3 Sample Analysis 

Groundwater samples will be analyzed for COPCs listed in Table 3-1. 

Table 3-1: Quarterly Groundwater Sampling and Analysis Program 

Number of Samples to be Collected Analytical 

Method Analytical Parameter Field 

Samples 

Field 

Duplicates 

Trip 

Blanks MS/MSD Total Number of Samples 

RHFS Monitoring Wells (RHMW01, RHMW02, RHMW03, RHMW05, and RHMW2254-01)

EPA 8015 B TPH-DRO 5 1 0 1 7 

EPA 8260 B TPH-GRO 5 1 0 1 7 

EPA 8260 B VOCs 5 1 2 1 9 

EPA 8270C SIM PAHs 5 1 0 1 7 

EPA 6020 Dissolved lead 5 1 0 1 7 

Outside of RHSF Monitoring Wells (HDMW 2253-03 and OWDFMW01) 

EPA 8015 B TPH-DRO 2 1 0 1 4 

EPA 8260 B TPH-GRO 2 1 0 1 4 

EPA 8260 B VOCs 2 1 1 1 5 

EPA 8270C SIM PAHs 2 1 0 1 4 

EPA 6020 Dissolved lead 2 1 0 1 4 

MS – matrix spike 

MSD – matrix spike duplicate 

EPA – U.S. Environmental Protection Agency 

PAH – polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons 

VOC – volatile organic compound 

3.1.4 Sampling Equipment 

All non-disposable sampling equipment will be carefully cleaned and inspected prior to the start 

of sampling, or if stored, clean equipment will be inspected for any signs of contamination. 

Equipment will be decontaminated following established procedures between sample locations, 

and after all of the samples have been collected. Sampling equipment necessary for groundwater 

monitoring include: 
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Sampling and Analysis Plan

September 2010

3-3 

 Horiba© U-22XD Multi-Parameter Water Quality Monitoring System (Meter and 

Probe) with calibration liquid; 

 Dedicated bladder pumps; 

 disposable bailers; 

 QED MP50 MicroPurge Basics Controller,©

 ppbRae Plus© photo ionization detector (PID), 

 Solinst 122© oil/water interface probe, and 

 PPE, field forms, flashlight, and decontamination equipment. 

3.1.5 Sample Containers 

Sample containers will be provided by the subcontract laboratory. All sample bottles shall be 

new and clean for each analysis and shall be pre-preserved, if necessary. The laboratory also 

shall provide coolers (or hazardous cargo shipping containers) and appropriate packing materials 

suitable for shipping environmental samples under USACE and the U.S. Department of 

Transportation (DOT) regulations. Coolers shall be durable, in good working order, and possess 

intact handles, latches, and hinges. Coolers shall be able to accommodate laboratory-supplied 

sample bottles in an upright position. 

Prior to sampling, the FM will inspect all supplies and consumables to ensure that they are 

acceptable for use. Required sample container type, volume, preservative, and recommended 

holding times for each analysis are summarized in Table 3-2. Groundwater samples will be 

collected according to analytical procedures in the following order: TPH-GRO and VOCs 

followed by all other analytes. Once the sample containers are filled, they will be sealed, 

labeled, placed into individual Ziploc® bags, and placed into an insulated cooler filled with ice 

for preservation. Samples will be packaged and properly transported within 24 to 48 hours of 

collection to the subcontract laboratory. 

Table 3-2: Analytical Methods, Recommended Sample Containers, Preservatives, and Holding Times for 

Groundwater Samples 

Holding Time 

Parameter/Method Number/Type of 

Containers per Sample Preservative 

 Extraction Analysis 

TPH-DRO 

(EPA 8015B) One liter amber glass bottle Cool, 4 degrees Celsius 

(°C), none 7 days 14 days 

TPH-GRO 

(EPA 8260B) 

Three 40-milliliter glass vials with 

Teflon-lined septum 

Cool, 4°C, hydrochloric acid 

to pH less than 2 7 days 14 days 

VOC 

(EPA 8260B) 

Three 40-milliliter glass vials with 

Teflon-lined septum 

Cool, 4°C, hydrochloric acid 

to pH less than 2 7 hours 14 days 

PAHs 

(EPA 8270C SIM) One liter amber glass bottle Cool, 4°C, none 7 days 14 days 

Dissolved Lead 

(EPA 6020) 

One 500 milliliter polyethylene 

bottle 

(field filtered) 

Cool, 4°C, Nitric Acid to pH 

less than 2 180 days 14 days 
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Sampling and Analysis Plan

September 2010

3-4 

3.1.6 Sample Preservation 

Samples will be cooled on ice from the time of collection through delivery to the subcontractor 

laboratory. At a minimum, all samples will be maintained at 4 oC (± 2 oC). Sample preservation 

requirements will follow method requirements. Laboratory sample handling procedures are 

discussed in the subcontractor laboratory QA plan. 

3.1.7 Sample Labeling 

Each sample will be assigned both a chain of custody (COC) identification (ID) number and a 

descriptive ID number in accordance with Procedure I-A-9, Sample Naming (DON, 2007). All 

sample ID numbers will be recorded in the field logbook maintained by the FM. 

COC ID Number 

The COC ID number, the only ID number submitted to the analytical laboratory, is used to 

facilitate data tracking and storage. The COC ID number allows all samples to be submitted to 

the laboratory without providing information on the sample type or source. A COC ID number 

will be assigned to each sample as follows: 

ESzzz

where; 

E Designating the sampling team’s company (e.g., Environet) 

S Designating Storage Facility 

zzz Chronological number, starting with 001 

QC samples will be included in the chronological sequence. 

Descriptive ID Number 

A second sample ID number, which is linked to the COC ID number, will be for internal use 

only and will provide sample-specific information including: the sampling location, type, 

sequence, matrix, and depth. The descriptive ID number is not revealed to the analytical 

laboratory. 

A descriptive ID number will be assigned to each sample as follows: 

RH-MWxx-GWxx 

where; 

RH designates the associated site location Red Hill 

MWxx designates sample MW number (e.g., MW01) 

GWxx designates the groundwater sampling event number (e.g., GW01) 
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Sampling and Analysis Plan

September 2010

3-5 

3.1.8 Sample Handling and Shipping 

Samples will be handled in a manner that ensures their integrity and traceability to the sampling 

location. This will be achieved through the use of trained field and laboratory personnel; 

controlled field, transport, and laboratory conditions; and implementation of rigorous sample 

preparation, containerization, preservation, storage, packaging, transportation, and custody 

procedures. 

Standard COC protocol will be observed during sample collection, management, and shipment to 

the analytical laboratories. The COC is maintained when sample containers or the coolers that 

are used to preserve the samples are under direct observation by project personnel at all times or 

under lock and key, with the person having custody holding the key at all times. Sample 

shipments to the analytical laboratories will be accompanied by a COC form. An example of the 

COC form is shown in Appendix B. The purpose of the COC procedure is to document the 

possession of the samples from collection through transport, storage, and analysis. COC forms 

will become part of the permanent project record upon completion of the project. The PM will 

direct project personnel to maintain custody of samples at all times and be responsible for 

monitoring compliance with COC procedures. Project personnel will be responsible for the care 

and custody of the samples until they are transferred to another party, shipped to the laboratory, 

or properly disposed. 

3.2 Soil Vapor Monitoring 

Monthly soil vapor monitoring will be performed at 18 SVMPs located at the RHSF. Each 

SVMP will be monitored at three different depths, one near the top, one near the middle, and one 

that is near the bottom of the SVMP. SVMPs will be purged and monitored for VOCs using a 

PID. This procedure is described in the SOP included in Appendix C. Purging will be 

accomplished using an electric air pump or comparable equipment and will occur for five 

minutes prior to sampling. The flow rate during purging and sampling will be less than 200 

milliliters per minute (ml/min). 

Monitoring results will consist of field readings collected from a PID probe by field staff. 

Readings will be recorded in real time and recorded on the soil vapor monitoring log located in 

Appendix B. 

If the parts per billion by volume (ppbv) levels (i.e., 280,000 ppbv for tanks containing jet fuels 

or 14,000 ppbv for tanks containing diesel) are observed during monthly soil vapor monitoring, it 

is recommended that aggressive and proactive actions be taken to assess the integrity of the 

associated tank system and mitigate as needed for potential fuel release(s). If, after an inspection 

of the tank system it is uncertain whether or not a leak exists, it is recommended that soil vapor 

samples be taken for laboratory analysis. 

3.2.1 Monitoring Procedures 

Zero calibrate the PID prior to entering the tunnel inside of RHSF using a single use glass VOC 

zeroing tube and the tube adapter. After calibration the plastic filter can be attached. Check the 
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Sampling and Analysis Plan

September 2010

3-6 

readings on the PID and if readings after attaching the plastic filter raise ambient readings 

significantly, change the filter. 

Upon arrival at RHSF, place all equipment next to the well being tested and connect the 

extension cord to the 120 volt outlet located on the second steel post down from each tank 

(except Tanks 15 and 20). Attach the cord to the pump and open the well cover with the socket 

and ratchet drive. Ziploc® bags will be in the well compartment, take them out and place them 

to the side. Identify the shallow, medium, and deep probes using the reflective tags attached, or 

the color coded tape (orange is shallow, blue is middle, and white is deep). 

Purging 

Connect the purge tube to the intake nozzle on the pump and open the valve by making it parallel 

to the rest of the apparatus. Turn on the pump, purge for five minutes at a rate of less than 200 

ml/min while recording purge time and rate in the field logbook. While purging, identify the 

appropriate Ziploc® with the dedicated tedlar bag and tygon tubing inside, and take them out of 

the SVMP. The colors coordinate with the tape. 

Place the tedlar bag inside the vacuum chamber then attach the tygon tube to the vacuum 

chamber (taking the metal ferrals off the tube before inserting the nut, then place them back on 

again, and attach). Connect the tygon tube to the tedlar bag inside the vacuum chamber then 

open the bag’s valve no more than one rotation. Take the appropriate tube from inside the 

vacuum chamber and snap it on the white plastic tip to the outside of the chamber. 

Monitoring 

Once purging is complete, turn off the pump and detach the purge tube from the pump then 

replace it with the open end of the vacuum chamber. Insert the open end of the tygon tube into 

the purge tube making sure the bag valve and purge valves are open, and close the vacuum 

chamber. Start the pump and cover the compression hole to fill the tedlar bag. Observe the bag 

to prevent overfilling. Once the bag is full open the vacuum chamber, close the bag’s valve, then 

turn off the pump (if air is escaping from the bag when the lid is open then try again, however, 

only partially cover the compression hole to relieve the pressure in the chamber while vapors are 

slowly collecting in the tedlar bag). Detach the tedlar bag and reattach it to the PID making sure 

the PID is in survey mode, open the bag valve and begin testing. 

Once numbers begin to appear on the PID screen, take readings every 10 seconds for 30 seconds 

and record in the field notebook. The average will be taken from the three noted values and the 

peak from the PID. Place the PID back on survey mode. Close the purge valve and begin 

purging the next probe. 

While purging, deflate and close the tedlar bag valve then return it to the Ziploc® bag. Detach 

the tygon tube and return it to the Ziploc® bag. Begin preparations for the next monitoring 

reading with the appropriate dedicated tygon tubing and tedlar bags. Continue this process until 

all points at the location have been tested. 

Make sure all valves are closed and bags are deflated before returning them back into the well 

compartment. Close all purge valves then secure the well cover. Unplug the pump and prepare 
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Sampling and Analysis Plan

September 2010

3-7 

to move to the next SVMP. Test the PID in the main tunnel between each SVMP, record the 

background levels (if it reads more than typical background for the day, change the plastic filter). 

3.2.2 Monitoring Equipment 

All non-disposable sampling equipment will be carefully cleaned and inspected prior to the start 

of sampling, or if stored, clean equipment will be inspected for any signs of contamination. 

Equipment will be decontaminated following established procedures between sample locations, 

and after all of the samples have been collected. Sampling equipment necessary for soil vapor 

monitoring include: 

 electric pump and extension cord, 

 15/16-inch socket and ratchet drive, 

 ppbRae Plus© PID, 

 10,000 parts per billion (ppb) isobutylene, 

 vacuum chamber, 

 dedicated field notebook, 

 field forms, and 

 PPE and flashlight. 

3.3 Fuel Product Monitoring 

Monthly fuel product monitoring will be performed at four wells (RHMW01, RHMW02, 

RHMW03, and RHMW05) located within the RHSF. A Solinst 122© oil/water interface probe 

will be used to detect presence and measure the thickness of light non-aqueous phase liquid 

(LNAPL) to the nearest 0.01 feet at the water surface. Fuel product monitoring will be 

performed prior to any purging or sampling event. Fuel product measurements will be recorded 

onto the fuel product monitoring log (Appendix B). 

3.4 Field Documentation 

Field documentation creates a permanent record of field activities and pertinent sample 

collection information. Only personnel trained in sampling techniques will collect samples. 

Standard sample collection procedures will be followed. Documentation of field activities will 

be in accordance with established procedures and will include field logbooks, sample labels, and 

COC forms. Field documentation will follow established procedures. Spatial data will be 

collected, as needed, using a global positioning system (GPS). 
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Sampling and Analysis Plan

September 2010

3-8 

3.5 Management and Disposal of IDW 

IDW will include water generated as a result of decontamination of field equipment, PPE, and 

purge water from the wells outside RHSF. All IDW will be managed and disposed in 

accordance with the Waste Management Plan (WMP) (Appendix D). 
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Quality Assurance Project Plan

September 2010

4-1 

Section 4 Quality Assurance Project Plan 

This Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPP) is intended to be used in conjunction with the 

Sampling and Analysis Plan (SAP) (Section 3) with procedures and methods incorporated. The 

QAPP includes discussions of the following: 

 summary of the data quality objectives (DQO) process; 

 QA/QC sampling and sample handling procedures; 

 laboratory QC; 

 field QC; 

 analytical data quality review; 

 data reporting and documentation; 

 oversight and assessment; and 

 corrective action. 

The PM will be responsible for ensuring that the appropriate project personnel have the most 

current version of this QAPP. 

4.1 Summary of the Data Quality Objectives Process 

The overall sampling and analysis strategy was developed using the EPA Guidance for Quality 

Assurance Project Plans, EPA QA/G-5, Quality Assurance Management Systems (EPA, 2001). 

4.1.1 Statement of the Problem 

Previous releases from the existing USTs at the RHSF have the potential to impact the 

underlying freshwater aquifer located approximately 100 feet beneath the USTs. LTM of 

groundwater, soil vapor, and fuel product is required to evaluate the presence and magnitude of 

UST-related contamination and to generate data for decision making at the site. 

4.1.2 Identify the Goals of the Study 

The following generally stated decisions will be made based on the data gathered during LTM: 

 What is the extent and magnitude of UST-related contamination? 

 Do the COPC concentrations exceed the screening criteria? 

4.1.3 Identify the Information 

The decisions will be made by comparing the groundwater analytical results with the DOH EALs 

for sites where groundwater is a current or potential drinking water source and a surface water 

body is located greater than 150 meters from the site (DOH, 2009). The Project Action Levels 

(PALs) are the most conservative of either the drinking water toxicity level or the gross 

contamination level and were previously agreed to by the DOH and DoN (Appendix E). In 

addition, soil vapor concentrations will be compared to the site specific threshold values of 
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Quality Assurance Project Plan

September 2010

4-2 

280,000 in SVMPs beneath USTs containing JP-5 or JP-8 (type of jet propellant) and 14,000 

ppbv in SVMPs beneath USTs containing F-76. The following is a list of information that will 

be used to determine the hazard to human health. 

 Analytical data representing groundwater from RHMW01, RHMW02, RHMW03, 

RHMW05, RHMW2254-01, HDMW2253-03, and OWDFMW01, 

 Soil vapor monitoring data from 18 SVMPs, 

 Fuel product monitoring data from RHMW01, RHMW02, RHMW03, and RHMW05 

4.1.4 Define the Boundaries of the Study 

The monitoring is limited to the groundwater monitoring wells located within the RHSF, two 

groundwater wells outside the RHSF, and 18 SVMPs located inside the RHSF. These 

monitoring points were selected due to their close proximity to the contaminant source and their 

position at the contaminant periphery (downgradient and upgradient). Quarterly groundwater 

sampling events shall be conducted for one year (total of four events commencing October 

2010). Monthly soil vapor monitoring shall be conducted for one year (a total of 12 events 

starting in September 2010). Monthly fuel product monitoring shall occur at four of the 

aforementioned wells inside RHSF (a total of 12 events commencing September 2010). 

4.1.5 Develop the Analytical Approach 

 If COPC concentrations at a groundwater monitoring location exceed the screening 

criteria, then the potential risk to groundwater exposure needs to be evaluated. 

Conversely, if COPC concentrations in groundwater do not exceed the screening criteria, 

then no further evaluation will be required. 

 If soil vapor concentrations at a monitoring location exceed the site specific threshold 

values, then evaluate the potential for UST-related contamination to migrate and impact 

groundwater. Conversely, if soil vapor concentrations do not exceed the site specific 

threshold values, then no further evaluation will be required. 

 If fuel product is identified at a monitoring location, then evaluate the potential risk to 

groundwater exposure and the need for remedial action. Conversely, if no fuel product is 

identified, then no further evaluation or action will be required. 

4.1.6 Specify Performance Acceptance Criteria 

The probability of procedural errors will be controlled through the consistent application of 

standard sampling and analysis procedures and sound data quality management. 

4.1.7 Develop the Plan for Obtaining Data 

The sampling locations were chosen based upon previous investigations and monitoring. The 

analytical methods and criteria are presented in subsequent sections of this document. Also 

discussed are field and laboratory QA, data management, and data evaluation. 
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Quality Assurance Project Plan

September 2010

4-3 

4.2 QA/QC Sampling and Sample Handling Procedures 

4.2.1 Sample Collection Method 

Collection and handling procedures have been designed to ensure that project personnel will be 

able to collect, label, preserve, and transport samples in a consistent manner to maintain sample 

integrity for the intended purposes of this LTM. Field activities will be performed in accordance 

with the procedures described in Section 3 of this WP. 

4.2.2 Field QC Samples 

The field QC samples for this project will consist of duplicates, MS/MSDs, and trip blanks. 

Duplicates 

Field duplicate samples are used to document the overall precision of the sample collection 

program. Field duplicate samples will be collected at a minimum rate of 10 percent. Field 

duplicate samples will be assigned unique identification numbers that do not indicate that the 

sample is a duplicate. All duplicates will be analyzed for the same parameters as regular project 

samples. 

MS/MSD 

Laboratory MS and MSD analysis are used to assess analytical accuracy and precision in 

response to potential matrix interference. If all of the MS and MSD recoveries are within 

laboratory specified ranges, then all data is considered to be accurate 

Trip Blanks 

Trip blanks are used to document contamination attributable to shipping and field handling 

procedures. The trip blanks will be prepared by the analytical laboratories using reagent grade 

water in 40 ml volatile organic analysis (VOA) vials. Trip blanks will accompany every cooler 

from the analytical laboratory to the field and will be handled like project samples, and returned 

to the laboratory along with project sample shipment. The trip blanks will be analyzed for the 

same parameters as regular project samples. 

4.2.3 Sample Containers 

The groundwater samples for chemical analyses will be placed in the sample containers listed in 

Table 3-2, preserved as indicated, and analyzed within the holding times. These containers, 

preservatives, and holding times are specified in the respective analytical methods. APPL Inc. 

will supply the required sample containers. 

4.2.4 Sample Labeling 

Each sample will be assigned both an EPA ID number and a descriptive ID number in 

accordance with the procedures described in Procedure I-A-9, Sample Naming (DON, 2007). All 

sample ID numbers will be recorded in a sample logbook maintained by the field QA 

coordinator. This is covered in section 3.1.7. 
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Quality Assurance Project Plan

September 2010

4-4 

4.2.5 Field Instrument Calibration/Documentation 

The following activities and documentation will be performed and maintained for all field 

equipment requiring periodic calibration. 

 Electronic equipment requiring calibration will be calibrated prior to use by those persons 

directly responsible for the equipment, such as the field staff. 

 Field equipment will be checked to verify that all of the equipment is calibrated 

according to the manufacturer’s instructions and is operating properly prior to use every 

day. 

 Field equipment that has been dropped, damaged, or is believed to be inaccurate will be 

tagged as inoperable, removed from service and recalibrated. Field equipment that 

cannot be repaired or recalibrated will be replaced. 

 Documentation pertinent to the calibration and maintenance of field equipment will be 

maintained in a bound field logbook. Entries made into the log book regarding the status 

of field equipment will contain, but are not necessarily limited to, the following 

information: 

 date, time, and calibration readings; 

 name of person conducting calibration; and 

 type of field equipment being serviced and identification number (e.g., serial 

number) and reference standard used for calibration (e.g., pH of buffer solution). 

The field logbook or photocopies of applicable pages will be made a part of the permanent 

project record upon completion of the project. 

4.3 Laboratory Requirements 

All laboratory activities will be performed in accordance with the DOD Quality Systems Manual 

for Environmental Laboratories, Version 4 (DOD, 2009). All laboratory submittals will be 

Naval Installation Restoration Information Solution compatible. 

4.3.1 Project Analytes 

Analytical data will be generated using EPA methodologies published in “Test Methods for 

Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods SW-846” (EPA, 1996). The following 

analytical methods will be used during this investigation: 

 TPH-DRO – EPA Method 8015B; 

 TPH-GRO – EPA Method 8260B; 

 VOCs – EPA Method 8260B; 

 PAHs – EPA 8270C SIM; and 

 Dissolved lead – EPA 6020. 
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Quality Assurance Project Plan

September 2010

4-5 

Standard sample preparation and extraction procedures for each analytical method will be used 

by the analytical laboratory. 

4.3.2 Reporting Limits 

Reporting limits are established by the laboratory based on the limits of quantitation (LOQs), 

historical data, and EPA limits established for the analytical methods employed. The reporting 

limits for samples may require adjustment due to matrix interference or if high analyte 

concentrations necessitate sample dilution before analysis. Matrix interference and sample 

dilutions have the effect of increasing the reporting limits. Failure to meet the specified 

reporting limits will be described in the sample delivery group case narrative and summarized in 

the data review reports. 

Appendix E lists the analyte DOH EALs along with the respective limits of detection (LODs) 

and LOQs from APPL, Inc. Laboratories. 

4.4 Analytical Data Quality Review 

Data quality will be assessed by evaluating the accuracy, precision, representativeness, 

completeness, and comparability parameters. 

4.4.1 Accuracy 

Accuracy is defined as the degree of agreement of a measurement to an accepted reference or 

true value. When applied to a set of observed values or measurements, accuracy will be a 

combination of random and systematic (bias) error. Analytical accuracy will be defined as the 

percent recovery (%R) of an analyte in a reference standard or spiked sample. Accuracy limits 

for laboratory control samples are established by individual laboratories. The acceptance criteria 

for accuracy are dependent on the analytical method, and are based on historical laboratory data. 

Failure to meet the accuracy limits will be described in the sample delivery group case narrative 

and summarized in the data review reports. 

The percent differences (%Ds) of the continuing calibration is also an indication of accuracy. 

Sample results are qualified "UJ" for non-detects and "J" for detects, if the %D for a continuing 

calibration is out of the acceptable range, this will be reported by the laboratory in the analytical 

analysis. 

4.4.2 Precision 

Precision is defined as the agreement between a set of replicate measurements without 

assumption or regard about the true value. Precision limits for laboratory measurements will be 

evaluated from the sample/sample duplicate analyses results. Field sampling precision will be 

evaluated from field duplicate sample analyses results. 

The relative percent difference (RPD) measured between two duplicate samples will serve as the 

quantitative measure of precision. Precision for sampling is evaluated separately from precision 

for analytical data. Field co-located samples help clarify the distinction between uncertainty due 

to analytical variability and heterogeneity of the sample matrix. These field duplicates are colocated samples that are collected either at a location immediately adjacent to the original 

samples, immediately above or below the original samples, or from the same locations and at the 

same time as the original samples. 
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Quality Assurance Project Plan

September 2010

4-6 

Laboratory control samples (LCS)/duplicate LCS analyses results will be used to assess 

analytical precision. 

4.4.3 Completeness 

Completeness is defined as the overall percentage of valid analytical results (including estimated 

values) compared to the total number of analytical results reported by the laboratory. The 

completeness goal for this project will be 90 percent. Successful completion of data acquisition 

can only be accomplished if both the field and laboratory portions of the project are performed 

according to the procedures described in the QAPP. 

4.4.4 Representativeness 

Representativeness is the degree that data accurately and precisely represent a characteristic of a 

population, parameter variations at a sampling point, or an environmental condition. 

Representativeness will be achieved by conducting sampling in compliance with the sample 

collection procedures described in the SAP (Section 3). Homogenized field duplicate samples 

will be collected and used as a means to assess field representativeness. The SAP sections 

details preliminary sample points; however, once on site, the number and types (matrix) of 

samples collected at each investigation site will be reassessed to ensure that the site is adequately 

sampled. Sample locations will be biased towards areas where releases would likely migrate to 

and/or accumulate. 

4.4.5 Comparability 

Comparability expresses the confidence with which one data set can be compared to another. 

Comparability can be related to accuracy and precision because these quantities are measures of 

data reliability. Data are considered comparable if collection techniques, measurement 

procedures, methods, and reporting are equivalent for the samples within a sample set. 

Comparability for sampling will be determined to be acceptable based on the following criteria: 

a consistent approach to sampling was applied throughout the program; samples were 

consistently preserved; and sampling was performed during the same time of year and under 

similar physical conditions. 

4.5 Data Reporting and Documentation 

All data deliverables will be Naval Installation Restoration Information System (NIRIS) 

compatible. The subcontracted laboratory will prepare and retain full analytical and QC 

documentation. The following items present the key components of the hard copy deliverables 

that will be generated: 

 data packages along with supporting QC data; 

 original copy COC forms (or certified copies); 

 cover sheet listing the samples included in the report and narrative comments describing 

problems encountered during analysis; 

 tabulated presentation of analytical results for all samples including reporting limits for 

all analytes and any laboratory assigned data qualifiers (data qualifiers will be defined 

and documented in the case narrative); 

 tabulated presentation of results for all method and preparation blanks, as applicable; and 
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Quality Assurance Project Plan

September 2010

4-7 

 analytical results for all laboratory QC sample analyses (LCS results and recoveries, 

surrogate recoveries, recoveries, and RPDs; laboratory duplicate (LD) results; and serial 

dilution results). 

4.6 Oversight and Assessment 

The QA/QC protocols and procedures will be implemented for all project activities. The plans 

and procedures implemented in the field and laboratory will be evaluated by direct oversight of 

activities, surveillance, and review of documentation and data. The oversight and assessment of 

project activities will be performed by the PM or designee. If problems or incidences of 

nonconformance are identified, the following sections identify personnel that will deal with them 

and corrective measures that will be implemented. 

4.7 Corrective Action 

The ultimate responsibility for maintaining quality throughout the investigation rests with the 

PM. The day-to-day responsibility for ensuring the quality of field and laboratory activities rests 

with the FM. 

All incidences of nonconformance with the established QC procedures will be expeditiously 

identified and controlled. No additional work that is dependent on a nonconforming activity that 

potentially affects data quality will be performed until the identified nonconformance is 

corrected. Documentation describing the nonconformity will be submitted to the Environet PM. 

The documentation will include corrective measures to prevent the nonconformity from 

recurring. 

When errors, deficiencies, or out-of-control situations exist, the QA program provides systematic 

procedures, called “corrective actions,” to resolve problems and restore proper functioning to the 

analytical system. Laboratory personnel are alerted that corrective actions may be necessary if: 

 QC data are outside the acceptable limits for precision and accuracy; 

 blanks or LCS contain contaminants above acceptable levels; 

 there are unusual changes in detection limits; 

 deficiencies are detected during internal or external audits or from the results of 

performance evaluation samples; and 

 inquiries concerning data quality are received from clients. 

Corrective action procedures are often handled at the bench level by the analyst, who reviews the 

preparation or extraction procedure for possible errors, checks the instrument calibration, spike 

and calibration mixes, instrument sensitivity, and so on. If the problem persists or cannot be 

identified, the matter is referred to the laboratory technical personnel or group leader, manager 

and/or QA department for further investigation. Once the problem is resolved, full 

documentation of the corrective action procedure will be filed with the QA department through 

an anomaly or non-conformance form. This form is kept in a project folder and filed in the QA 

department. Corrective action documentation is routinely reviewed by the QA Manager. 
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Quality Assurance Project Plan

September 2010

4-8 

Corrective action is dictated by the type and extent of the non-conformance. Corrective action 

may be initiated and carried out by non-supervisory staff, but final approval and data review by 

management is necessary before reporting any information. All potentially affected data must be 

thoroughly reviewed for acceptance or rejection. Samples are monitored closely so that they can 

be analyzed within the recommended holding time. However, should a sample be analyzed 

outside of the specified holding time, a Holding Time Violation Notification is filled out and the 

Laboratory PM is informed immediately. It is his/her responsibility to inform the PM and QA 

Manager so that a decision can be made regarding re-sampling. 

The laboratory PMs/QA officer share the responsibility of reviewing all laboratory analytical 

activities to ensure compliance with the QC requirements outlined in this QAPP. This review 

serves as a control function in that it should be conducted frequently so deviations from method 

requirements will be immediately identified and corrected. 

4.7.1 Field Corrective Action 

The FM will review the procedures being implemented in the field for consistency with the 

established protocols. Sample collection procedures (e.g., preservation, labeling, etc.) will be 

checked for completeness. When procedures are not strictly in compliance with the established 

protocol, the deviation will be documented and reported to the PM. Non-conformances will be 

expeditiously identified and controlled. No additional work that is dependent on a 

nonconforming activity that potentially affects data quality will be performed until the identified 

nonconformance is corrected. 

Corrective actions will be defined by the PM and documented as appropriate. After 

implementation of the corrective action, the FM will provide the PM with a written 

memorandum documenting field implementation. The memorandum will become part of the 

project files. 

4.7.2 Laboratory Corrective Action 

The Laboratory QA/QC Officer or designee will be responsible for initiating corrective action as 

necessary. Non-conformances or problems occurring at the laboratory will be reported to the 

PM within one working day of identification. Appropriate corrective action will be required if 

analyses of QC samples or laboratory conditions do not meet criteria specified in the respective 

methods, the Laboratory QAPP, or this WP. 

The Environet Chemist or designee will review the field and laboratory data generated for this 

project to determine if project QA objectives are met. If any non-conformances are found in the 

laboratory analytical results or documentation procedures during data assessment and validation, 

the impact of those non-conformances on the overall project QA objectives will be assessed. 

Appropriate actions, including resampling, reanalysis, etc., may be recommended to the PM so 

that the project objectives can be achieved. 

4.7.3 Corrective Action Following Data Assessment 

The Environet Chemist or designee will review the field and laboratory data generated for this 

project to determine if project QA objectives are met. If non-conformances are found in the field 

procedures, sample collection procedures, field documentation procedures, laboratory analytical 
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Quality Assurance Project Plan

September 2010

4-9 

and documentation procedures, or data review procedures, the impact of those non-conformances 

on the overall project objectives will be evaluated. Appropriate actions, including re-sampling, 

reanalysis, etc., will be recommended to the PM so that the project objectives can be 

accomplished. 
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Quality Assurance Project Plan

September 2010

4-10 

This page is intentionally left blank. 
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

References

September 2010

5-1 

Section 5 References 

AMEC, 2002. Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility Investigation Report, Prepared for NAVFAC 

Pacific, August 2002. 

DOD, 2009. Department of Defense Quality Systems Manual for Environmental Laboratories, 

Version 4. April 2009. 

DOH, 1997. Hawai‘i Department of Health. Technical Guidance Manual for the Implementation 

of Hawai’i State Contingency Plan. 1997. 

DOH, 2000. Hawai‘i Department of Health. Technical Guidance Manual for Underground 

Storage Tank Closure and Release Response. 2000. 

DOH, 2005. Hawai‘i Department of Health. Screening for Environmental Concerns at Sites with 

Contaminated Soil and Groundwater. 2005. 

DOH, 2009. Hawai‘i Department of Health. Evaluation of Environmental Hazards at sites with 

Contaminated Soil and Groundwater. Updated March 2009. 

DON, 2007. Department of Navy, Project Procedures Manual U.S. Navy Environmental 

Restoration Program NAVFAC Pacific. February. 

Earth Tech, 1999. Remedial Investigation, Phase II Technical Report, Red Hill Oily Waste 

Disposal Facility, Hālawa, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i. Prepared for the Naval Facilities 

Engineering Command, Pearl Harbor, Hawai‛i. 1999. 

EPA, 1994. Guidance for the Data Quality Objective Process. EPA/600/R-96/055. Office of 

Research and Development. September 1994. 

EPA, 1995. Contract Laboratory Program – Statement of Work for Inorganic Analysis – MultiMedia, Multi-Concentration. Document ILM04.0. 

EPA, 1996. Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, SW-846. 3rd ed. Final Update III. 

Washington. GPO. November. 

EPA, 1997. Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods (SW-846), 

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 

EPA, 2001. EPA Requirements for Quality Assurance Project Plans, EPA QA/R-5. EPA/240/B01/003. Quality Assurance Division. March. 

EPA, 2002. Region IX Preliminary Remediation Goals (PRGs) 2002. U.S. Environmental 

Protection Agency, Region IX. San Francisco, California, October. 

NAVSEA, 2000. Navy Environmental Compliance Sampling and Field Testing Procedures 

Manual (T0300-AZ-PRO-0101). 

NFESC, 1999. Navy Installation Restoration Chemical Data Quality Manual. 
Work Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

References

September 2010

5-2 

NFESC, 2004. Principles and Practices of Enhanced Anaerobic Bioremediation of Chlorinated 

Solvents, Naval Facilities Engineering Service Center. 

NIOSH, 1985. Occupational Safety and Health Guidance Manual for Hazardous Waste Site 

Activities, National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) 85-115, 1985. 

Ogden, 1992. Technical Review Committee Findings Summary, Red Hill Oily Waste Disposal 

Pit, Naval Supply Center, Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i. 1992. 

Ogden, 1993. Red Hill Oily Waste Disposal Pit Site Stilling Basin Closure Plan, Contract Task 

Order 0109, Pearl Harbor O‘ahu, Hawai‘i. 1993. 

Ogden, 1996. Red Hill Oily Waste Disposal Facility Phase I Remedial Investigation Report, 

Pearl harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i, June 1996. 

TEC, 2010a. Soil Vapor Sampling Report for Round 25. 2010. Prepared for the Naval Facilities 

Engineering Service Center, Port Hueneme, California. April 6. 

TEC, 2010b. Quarterly Groundwater Monitoring Report – Outside (Non-Tunnel) Wells Red Hill 

Fuel Storage Facility Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i. Prepared for the Navy Region 

Hawai‘i. April 2010. 

TEC, 2009. Quarterly Groundwater Monitoring Report Red Hill Fuel Storage Facility, Pearl 

Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i. Prepared for the Navy Region Hawai‘i. December 2009. 

TEC, 2006. Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility Final – Work Plan Addendum. 2006. Prepared 

for the Naval Facilities Engineering Command, Pearl Harbor, Hawai‘i, May. 

Title 29 CFR Part 1910.120 (29 CFR 1910.120). Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency 

Response, Hazard Communication. 

U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, 2008. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Safety and Health 

Requirements Manual. U.S. Army Engineering Manual No. EM-385-1-1. 

USGS, 2005. United States Geological Survey, aerial imagery. 

Wilbros, 1998. Regional Study of Military Bulk POL Distribution Systems and Storage 

Facilities, Hawai‘i, Red Hill Complex, Fire Life Safety and Environmental Risk 

Assessment/Analysis, Amendment 3, Volume 1 of 11, prepared for Department of the 

Navy, Naval Facilities Engineering Command, Pacific Division, Pearl Harbor, Hawai‘i. 

August, 1998. 
Appendix A Health and Safety Plan 

Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, 

Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

September 2010 

Department of the Navy 

Naval Facilities Engineering Command, Hawai‘i 

400 Marshall Road 

Pearl Harbor, HI 96860-3139

Environmental Technical Services 

Contract Number N62742-08-D-1930, Contract Task Order HC14

Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, 

Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

September 2010 

Prepared for: 

Department of the Navy 

Naval Facilities Engineering Command, Hawai‘i 

400 Marshall Road 

Pearl Harbor, HI 96860-3139 

Prepared by: 

Environet, Inc. 

650 Iwilei Road, Suite 204 

Honolulu, HI 96817-5318

Prepared under: 

Environmental Technical Services 

Contract Number N62742-08-D-1930, Contract Task Order HC14 


Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu Hawai‘i 

Approvals Page

September 2010

ii 

This page is intentionally left blank. 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu Hawai‘i 

Signature Page

September 2010

iii 

Signature Page

By signing below, the undersigned acknowledges that he/she has read and reviewed the Health 

and Safety Plan for the Long-Term Monitoring at Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility, O‛ahu, 

Hawai‘i. The undersigned also acknowledges that he/she has been instructed in the contents of 

this document and understands the information pertaining to the specified work, and will comply 

with the provisions contained therein. 

Print Name Signature Organization Date 

 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu Hawai‘i 

Signature Page

September 2010

iv 

This page is intentionally left blank. 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‛ahu, Hawai‘i

Table of Contents

September 2010

v 

Table of Contents 

List of Acronyms.......................................................................................................................... ix

Section 1 Introduction............................................................................................................. 1-1

1.1 Health and Safety Policy Statement ................................................................................ 1-1 

1.2 Classification of Activities .............................................................................................. 1-1 

1.3 Regulatory Requirements ................................................................................................ 1-1 

1.4 Operational Risk Management........................................................................................ 1-2 

Section 2 Management of Health and Safety Responsibilities ............................................ 2-1

2.1 Program Manager (Mr. Zachary Payne).......................................................................... 2-1 

2.2 Health and Safety Manager (Ms. Colette Sakoda) .......................................................... 2-1 

2.3 Health and Safety Professional (Mr. Mike Van Woerkom)............................................ 2-1 

2.4 Project Manager (Ms. Vilma Dupra)............................................................................... 2-1 

2.5 Field Manager (Mr. Max Solmssen) ............................................................................... 2-2 

2.6 Health and Site Safety Officer (Ms. Shelby Koide)........................................................ 2-2 

2.7 Subcontractors ................................................................................................................. 2-3 

2.8 Onsite Personnel and Visitors ......................................................................................... 2-4 

Section 3 Summary of Site Conditions and Planned Work Activities................................ 3-1

3.1 Site History and Current Conditions ............................................................................... 3-1 

3.2 Scope of Work................................................................................................................. 3-1 

Section 4 General Health and Safety Procedures................................................................. 4-1

4.1 Visitor Clearances ........................................................................................................... 4-1 

4.2 Onsite Training Procedures ............................................................................................. 4-1 

4.2.1 Site-Specific Initial Training..................................................................................... 4-1 

4.2.2 Site-Specific Tail-Gate Safety Meetings................................................................... 4-2 

4.2.3 Hazard Communication Training.............................................................................. 4-2 

4.3 General Site Safety Rules................................................................................................ 4-3 

4.3.1 Smoking, Eating, and Drinking................................................................................. 4-3 

4.3.2 Personal Hygiene ...................................................................................................... 4-3

4.3.3 Buddy System ........................................................................................................... 4-3 

4.3.4 Lighting..................................................................................................................... 4-3 

4.3.5 Work Area Control Records...................................................................................... 4-3 

4.4 Drum Handling................................................................................................................ 4-4 

4.5 Heat Stress Prevention..................................................................................................... 4-4 

4.5.1 Responding to Heat-Related Illness .......................................................................... 4-4 

4.5.2 Adjusted Temperature Method ................................................................................. 4-5 

4.5.3 Evaluating the Work-Rest Schedule’s Effectiveness................................................ 4-6 

4.6 Fire Hazard Prevention.................................................................................................... 4-9 

Section 5 Hazard Assessment................................................................................................. 5-1

5.1 Specifications of Work Tasks.......................................................................................... 5-1 

5.1.1 Unanticipated Work Activities.................................................................................. 5-1 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‛ahu, Hawai‘i

Table of Contents

September 2010

vi 

5.2 Suspected Environmental Contaminants......................................................................... 5-1 

5.2.1 Assessment of Hazards ............................................................................................. 5-4 

Section 6 Activity-Specific Health and Safety Procedures .................................................. 6-1

6.1 Slips, Trips, Falls, and Protruding Objects...................................................................... 6-1 

6.2 Hazardous Noise Environments ...................................................................................... 6-1 

6.3 Manual Materials Handling............................................................................................. 6-1 

6.4 Chemical Exposure Monitoring Procedures.................................................................... 6-1 

6.4.1 Monitoring Instrumentation ...................................................................................... 6-2 

6.4.2 Hazardous Noise Monitoring Procedures ................................................................. 6-2 

Section 7 PPE and Decontamination Requirements............................................................ 7-1

7.1 Decontamination Procedures........................................................................................... 7-2 

7.1.1 Personnel Decontamination ...................................................................................... 7-2 

7.1.2 Equipment Decontamination..................................................................................... 7-3 

7.1.3 Disposal of Decontamination Wastes ....................................................................... 7-3 

Section 8 Emergency Action Plan.......................................................................................... 8-1

8.1 General ............................................................................................................................ 8-1 

8.2 Responsibilities ............................................................................................................... 8-1 

8.2.1 Field Manager/Site Safety Officer ............................................................................ 8-1 

8.3 Emergency Evacuation Procedures ................................................................................. 8-1 

8.3.1 Other Onsite Personnel ............................................................................................. 8-2 

8.4 Emergency Equipment .................................................................................................... 8-2 

8.4.1 First Aid Kit .............................................................................................................. 8-2 

8.4.2 Fire Extinguisher....................................................................................................... 8-2 

8.4.3 Eyewash Units........................................................................................................... 8-3 

8.4.4 Flash Light ................................................................................................................ 8-3 

8.5 Response Actions – Safety Equipment Problems ........................................................... 8-3 

8.6 Response Actions – Medical Emergencies ..................................................................... 8-3 

8.6.1 Medical Assistance.................................................................................................... 8-3

8.6.2 Accident/Incident Reporting ..................................................................................... 8-4 

8.7 Response Actions – Chemical Release or Other Significant Incident ............................ 8-5 

8.7.1 Incident Report Actions ............................................................................................ 8-6 

8.7.2 Injury/Incident Follow-Up Actions........................................................................... 8-7 

Tables 

Table 4-1: Identification and Treatment of Heat-Related Illness ................................................ 4-4 

Table 4-2: Temperature Adjustment Factors ............................................................................... 4-6 

Table 4-3: Work-Rest Schedule Based on Adjusted Temperature .............................................. 4-6 

Table 6-1: Air Monitoring Instrumentation ................................................................................. 6-2 

Table 7-1: PPE Levels ................................................................................................................. 7-1 

Table 8-1: How to Respond to Medical Emergencies ................................................................. 8-4 

Table 8-2: Emergency Telephone Numbers and Locations......................................................... 8-4 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‛ahu, Hawai‘i

Table of Contents

September 2010

vii 

Figures 

Figure 8-1: Hospital Route Map. ................................................................................................. 8-9

Attachments 

Attachment A: Activity Hazard Analyses 

Attachment B: MSDS 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‛ahu, Hawai‘i

Table of Contents

September 2010

viii 

This page is intentionally left blank. 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

List of Acronyms

September 2010

ix 

List of Acronyms 

% percent 

°C degree Celsius 

°F degree Fahrenheit 

ACGIH American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists 

AHA Activity Hazard Analysis 

ANSI American National Standards Institute 

BBP blood borne pathogen 

bpm beats per minute 

BTEX benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, and xylene 

CFR Code of Federal Regulations 

CNS central nervous system 

CPC chemical protective clothing 

CPR cardiopulmonary resuscitation 

CRZ contaminant reduction zone 

CSIR Contractor’s Significant Incident Report 

CTO Contract Task Order 

dBA decibel (A-weighted scale) 

EPA U.S. Environmental Protection Agency 

EZ exclusion zone 

FM Field Manager 

H&SM Health and Safety Manager 

H&SP Health and Safety Professional 

HAZWOPER Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response 

HSO Health and Safety Officer 

HSP health and safety plan 

IDW investigation derived waste 

LTM Long-Term Monitoring 

MTBE methyl tertiary butyl ether 

MSDS material safety data sheet 

NAVFAC Naval Facilities Engineering Command 

NIOSH National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health 

NTR Navy Technical Representative 

ORM Operational Risk Management 

OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration 

PAHs polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons 

PEL permissible exposure limit 

PID photoionization detector 

PM Project Manager 

PPE personal protective equipment 

ppm parts per million 

RHFS Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

RM Response Manager 

ROCCC Regional Operations Command and Control Center 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

List of Acronyms

September 2010

x 

RPM Remedial Project Manager 

SLM sound level meter 

SVMP soil vapor monitoring point 

TLV threshold limit value 

U.S. United States 

UST underground storage tank 

VOCs volatile organic compounds 

WP work plan 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Introduction

September 2010

1-1 

Section 1 Introduction 

The provisions of this Health and Safety Plan (HSP) are mandatory for all project personnel and 

subcontractors involved in the performance of the Long-Term Monitoring at Red Hill Bulk Fuel 

Storage Facility (herein referred to as RHFS), O‘ahu, Hawai‘i. This HSP also provides the 

notification of the chemical and physical hazards known to be associated with the activities 

addressed in this document. A hard bound copy of this HSP will be maintained onsite at all 

times during the performance of field activities. 

No operational changes to this HSP that could affect the health or safety of personnel, the 

community, or the environment may be made without prior approval of the Environet Project 

Manager (PM) and the Health and Safety Professional (H&SP), and the concurrence of the 

Navy’s Contracting Officer. If the HSP should conflict with federal, state, or local regulations, 

the most stringent rule will apply. 

These work activities were authorized by the Naval Facilities Engineering Command 

(NAVFAC) Hawai‘i as part of Contract Task Order (CTO) HC14 of Environmental Technical 

Services Contract Number N62742-08-D-1930. 

1.1 Health and Safety Policy Statement 

It is the policy of Environet to provide a safe and healthful work environment for all its 

employees. Environet considers no phase of operations or administration to be of greater 

importance than injury and illness prevention. Safety takes precedence over expediency or 

shortcuts. At Environet, we believe every accident and every injury is avoidable. We will take 

every reasonable step to reduce the possibility of injury, illness, or accident. 

This HSP presents the procedures to be employed during all on site work activities. The 

practices and procedures in this HSP are mandatory for all project personnel and subcontractors, 

while engaged in work operations at the site. All visitors to the project sites must also abide by 

these procedures. 

1.2 Classification of Activities 

The planned project activities are not considered to be Hazardous Waste Operations as defined in 

Title 29 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 1910, Section 120, subsection (a) [29 

CFR 1910.120(a)]. 

1.3 Regulatory Requirements 

This HSP meets the requirements and follows the guidelines established in the following 

documents: 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Introduction

September 2010

1-2 

 Safety and Health Requirements Manual, EM-385-1-1 (United States (U.S.) Army 

Corps of Engineers, 2008). 

 29 CFR 1910, Occupational Safety and Health Standards (with specific attention to 

Section 120, Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response 

(HAZWOPER)).

 Occupational Safety and Health Guidance Manual for Hazardous Waste Site 

Activities, National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health. National Institute of 

Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) 85-115, 1985. 

The requirements also conform to Environet’s Safety Program requirements as specified in the 

Environet Safety Manual. 

1.4 Operational Risk Management 

This HSP is prepared in accordance with the Navy’s principles of Operational Risk Management 

(ORM). ORM is a decision making tool used to increase operational effectiveness by 

anticipating hazards and reducing the potential for loss, thereby increasing the probability of 

successful job performance. 

The purpose of ORM is to minimize risks to acceptable levels, using the following four 

principles: 

 accept risk only when the benefit outweighs the risk; 

 accept no unnecessary risk; 

 anticipate and manage risk by planning; and 

 make risk decisions at the right level. 

ORM is conducted using the following 5-step sequence. These steps are incorporated into this 

HSP, as indicated: 

 identify hazards –Section 5; 

 assess hazards –Section 5; 

 make risk decisions –Section 5; 

 implement Controls –Section 4, Section 6, and Section 7; and 

 supervise – Section 3. 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Management of Health and Safety Responsibilities

September 2010

2-1 

Section 2 Management of Health and Safety 

Responsibilities 

Project/field level management of health and safety requires that a management organization be 

established for each project. The organizational structure for health and safety is standardized 

for all Environet projects, with positions and responsibilities for individual projects defined and 

assigned according to task requirements. This section describes the organizational structure for 

this project. 

2.1 Program Manager (Mr. Zachary Payne) 

The Program Manager is responsible for ensuring that PMs are provided with adequate 

programmatic guidance, resources, and support to enable safe planning and performance of field 

operations. Programmatic management and technical support aspects of this responsibility are 

delegated to the Health and Safety Manager (H&SM); however, the Program Manager retains 

ultimate responsibility for ensuring that work activities are performed safely. 

2.2 Health and Safety Manager (Ms. Colette Sakoda) 

The H&SM oversees the technical and programmatic aspects of Environet’s Safety Program. In 

addition, the H&SM exercises CTO-specific duties, which include the following: 

 review and approval of this HSP; and 

 coordinate/delegate CTO safety duties to the H&SP. 

2.3 Health and Safety Professional (Mr. Mike Van Woerkom) 

The H&SP is assigned to oversee health and safety requirements for the RHSF Long-Term 

Monitoring (LTM) and provide any needed technical support. The H&SP will be the first pointof-contact for all of the RHSF LTM health and safety matters. Duties include the following: 

 preparing this HSP and any required changes; 

 approval of the designated Site Health and Safety Officer (HSO); 

 reviewing all personal exposure monitoring results; and 

 investigating any reported unsafe acts or conditions. 

2.4 Project Manager (Ms. Vilma Dupra) 

The PM is responsible for coordinating with local Navy representatives, discipline managers, and 

subcontractors to complete the project in accordance with requirements set forth in this HSP 

and/or other project safety documentation. The PM has final responsibility for managing all 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Management of Health and Safety Responsibilities

September 2010

2-2 

aspects of the work operations, and is responsible to Environet management for the safe 

performance and completion of the work activities. Specific safety-related duties include the 

following: 

 ensuring that an approved HSP is prepared that addresses all aspects of the work to be 

performed; 

 ensuring that all personnel assigned to perform the onsite activities meet the required 

qualifications; 

 providing adequate resources and supplies to fulfill all work safety requirements; 

 assigning the Field Manager (FM) and HSO, to provide onsite management of work 

activities; and 

 contacting the HSM for guidance regarding any health and safety-related matters. 

2.5 Field Manager (Mr. Max Solmssen) 

The FM, Mr. Solmssen will be assigned to manage all project personnel and subcontractor 

activities at the site, and be responsible for field implementation by all personnel, observing that 

field supervisors and subcontractors enforce all provisions of the HSP/other safety 

documentation, working with the HSO, Ms. Koide to implement all safety performance 

elements, and consulting with the H&SP regarding any necessary changes to safety 

requirements. Mr. Solmssen has completed the required Occupatoinal Safety and Health 

Administration (OSHA) 30 hour training requirement as well as cardiopulminary rescesitation 

(CPR), First Aid and OSHA 40 hour HAZWOPER training. Other responsibilities include the 

following: 

 reading and becoming familiar with the HSP; 

 establishing communications with all potential emergency response organizations; 

 enforcing the HSP and other safety regulations; 

 ensuring that no work is performed that is not properly addressed in this HSP (or 

approved supplemental guidance); 

 maintaining the presence of at least two qualified first-aid providers on site at all 

times; and 

 contacting the H&SP for guidance regarding any health and safety-related matters. 

2.6 Health and Site Safety Officer (Ms. Shelby Koide) 

The HSO, and will be responsible for the execution of the routine onsite duties for health and 

safety, with assistance and direction from the designated H&SP. Ms. Koide has completed the 

required OSHA 30 hour training requirement as well as CPR, First Aid, and OSHA 40 hour 

HAZWOPER training. The responsibilities of the HSO include the following: 

 conducting periodic safety reviews of the project site and project documentation; 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Management of Health and Safety Responsibilities

September 2010

2-3 

• performing daily site inspections to identify hazards and observe employees at work, 

any deficiencies will be logged and abated; 

• stopping work, as required, to maintain personnel and environmental health and 

safety; 

• determining emergency evacuation routes, establish and post local emergency 

telephone numbers, and arrange emergency transportation; 

• ensuring that all site personnel and visitors have received the proper training and 

medical clearance prior to entering the site; 

• establishing any necessary controlled work areas (as designated in this HSP or other 

safety documentation); 

• presenting tailgate safety meetings and maintaining attendance logs and records; 

• discussing potential health issues with the FM, H&SP, and the PM; 

• implementing air monitoring according to directives in this HSP or other health and 

safety documentation, and forwarding all employee exposure monitoring information 

to the H&SP to enable the exposure notification; 

• implementing the field elements of the Respiratory Protection Program; 

• maintaining decontamination procedures that meet established criteria; 

• review and approve subcontractor accident prevention plans, and activitivy hazard 

analyses; and 

• ensure field activities are conducted in accordance with this HSP. 

2.7 Subcontractors 

Each subcontractor is responsible for assigning specific work tasks to their employees. Each 

subcontractor’s management will provide qualified employees and allocate sufficient time, 

materials, and equipment, to safely complete assigned tasks. In particular, each subcontractor is 

responsible for equipping its personnel with any required personal protective equipment (PPE). 

Each subcontractor is considered to be an expert in all aspects of the work operations for which 

they are tasked to provide, and each subcontractor is responsible for compliance with the 

regulatory requirements that pertain to those services. Each subcontractor is expected to perform 

its operations in accordance with its own unique safety policies and procedures, in order to 

ensure that hazards associated with the performance of the work activities are properly 

controlled. Subcontractors will provide properly completed Activity Hazard Analyses (AHA) 

for tasks they will perform for review prior to the start of onsite activities, if required. In the 

event that subcontractor procedure/requirements conflict with requirements in this HSP, the more 

stringent guidance will be adopted. 

Hazards not listed in this HSP but known to any subcontractor, or known to be associated with a 

subcontractor’s services, must be identified and addressed to the PM or the FM prior to 

beginning work operations. The FM or authorized representative has the authority to halt any 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Management of Health and Safety Responsibilities

September 2010

2-4 

subcontractor operations, and to remove any subcontractor or subcontractor employee from the 

site for failure to comply with established health and safety procedures or for operating in an 

unsafe manner. 

2.8 Onsite Personnel and Visitors 

All onsite personnel and visitors are responsible for his/her own health and safety, for 

completing assigned tasks in a safe manner, and for reporting any unsafe acts or conditions to 

his/her supervisor and/or the FM/HSO. All personnel are responsible for continuous adherence 

to the specified health and safety procedures during the performance of their work. No person 

may work in a manner that conflicts with the letter or intent of safety and environmental 

precautions expressed in these procedures. After due warnings, the FM will dismiss from the 

work site any person who violates safety procedures. All project personnel will be subject to 

progressive discipline and may be terminated for blatant or continued violations or creating 

conditions that are immediately life-threatening. All onsite personnel and visitors will attend a 

daily “tail-gate” safety meeting conducted by the SHO. 

All personnel working for Environet and its subcontractors are required to read and acknowledge 

their understanding of the HSP and any other applicable health and safety documentation. All 

visitors to controlled work areas of any project site must likewise read and acknowledge their 

understanding of the applicable health and safety requirements. All personnel are expected to 

abide by all written health and safety requirements and any supplementary instructions 

communicated by the HSO, and cooperate with supervisory personnel to ensure a safe and 

healthful work site. Site personnel are also required to report immediately any of the following 

to the FM: 

 accidents and injuries, no matter how minor; 

 unexpected or uncontrolled releases of any hazardous substances; 

 any symptoms of exposure to a hazardous substance; 

 any unsafe or malfunctioning equipment; 

 “Stop Work” order due to an unsafe act; and 

 any changes in site conditions, which may affect the health or safety of project 

personnel. 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Summary of Site Conditions and Planned Work Activities

September 2010

3-1 

Section 3 Summary of Site Conditions and 

Planned Work Activities 

The following is a summary of information concerning conditions at the sites and a description 

of work activities to be performed during the project. A more detailed accounting of this 

information is presented in the project Work Plan (WP). 

3.1 Site History and Current Conditions 

Section 1.3 of the WP describes the site history and current conditions for the RHFS addressed in 

this HSP. 

3.2 Scope of Work 

Environet will perform groundwater, soil vapor, and fuel product monitoring at the RHFS, and 

groundwater monitoring at two wells outside RHFS. The monitoring effort includes the 

following tasks: 

 Groundwater Sampling. Groundwater samples will be collected from 7 existing 

groundwater monitoring wells using a low flow dedicated bladder pump (five wells 

inside RHFS and two wells outside RHFS). 

 Soil Vapor Monitoring. Soil vapor monitoring will be collected from 18 soil vapor 

monitoring points (SVMP) under the Underground Storage Tanks (USTs) at RHFS 

by use of a photo-ionization detector (PID). 

 Fuel Product Monitoring. Fuel product monitoring on top of the groundwater at 

four wells located on RHFS will occur using a Solinst 122© oil/water interface probe. 

The following additional tasks will also be performed as necessary in support of the site 

characterization activities: 

 Equipment Decontamination. The field team will perform decontamination of 

equipment used to perform work. 

 IDW. IDW will be collected and categorized as non-hazardous or hazardous. 

Potentially hazardous IDW (decontamination water) will be tested and disposed of 

within 90 calendar days of completing the field activities. 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Summary of Site Conditions and Planned Work Activities

September 2010

3-2 

This page is intentionally left blank.
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

General Health and Safety Procedures

September 2010

 

4-1 

Section 4 General Health and Safety 

Procedures 

The requirements based on 29 CFR 1910.120 or HAZWOPER, including medical monitoring 

and training, for the project, are identified in the following safety procedures. 

Personnel must successfully complete training meeting the provisions established in 29 CFR 

1910.120 (e) (2) and (e) (3) (40-hour initial training). All personnel will also receive annual 

refresher training in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.120 (e) (8), and must have completed the 

most recent training course within the previous 365 days. In addition, personnel must have 

completed a physical exam in accordance with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.120 (f) where 

the medical evaluation includes a judgment of the employee’s ability to use respiratory 

protective equipment and to participate in hazardous waste site activities. 

4.1 Visitor Clearances 

Visitors to any HAZWOPER controlled-work area must comply with the health and safety 

requirements of this HSP, and demonstrate an acceptable need for entry into the work area. All 

visitors desiring to enter any controlled work area must observe the following procedures: 

 A written confirmation must be received by Environet documenting that each of the 

visitors has received the proper training and medical monitoring required by this 

HSP. Verbal confirmation can be considered acceptable provided such confirmation 

is made by an officer or other authorized representative of the visitor’s organization. 

 Each visitor will be briefed on the hazards associated with the site activities being 

performed and acknowledge receipt of this briefing by signing the appropriate tailgate 

safety briefing form. 

 All visitors must be escorted by project personnel. 

If the site visitor requires entry into any Exclusion Zone (EZ), but does not comply with the 

above requirements, all work activities within the EZ must be suspended. Until these 

requirements have been met, entry will not be permitted. 

4.2 Onsite Training Procedures 

The following training procedures will be accomplished for all operational activities. Additional 

training may be required according to the specific job task performed by the worker. 

4.2.1 Site-Specific Initial Training 

All onsite personnel will be trained about potential hazards at the work site, and exposure 

prevention or control measures. Field personnel will be: 

 instructed of the contents of applicable portions of this plan; 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

General Health and Safety Procedures

September 2010

 

4-2 

 present at a daily “tail-gate” safety meeting prior to the commencement of each field 

activity; 

 made aware of task-specific physical hazards and other hazards that might be 

encountered during site work (see the AHA in Attachment A); 

 informed about potential routes of exposure, protective clothing, precautionary 

measures, and symptoms or signs of chemical exposure and heat stress; and 

 made aware of fire prevention measures, fire extinguishment methods, and evacuation 

procedures. 

The FM shall ensure that this training is provided to each person prior to his/her entry into any 

controlled area. All site-specific training will be documented on the tailgate safety briefing form. 

4.2.2 Site-Specific Tail-Gate Safety Meetings 

All onsite personnel will take part in a daily health and safety meeting prior to the start of work. 

The following topics will be discussed at the daily tail-gate meeting: 

 mandatory training and certifications for personnel onsite, 

 emergency response procedures including the alarm noise and muster point, 

 heat stress, hydration, and breaks, 

 biological hazards, 

 working in an enclosed space as opposed to outdoors, and 

 slips, trips, and falls. 

4.2.3 Hazard Communication Training 

A copy of the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each hazardous material or product 

brought onto the work site will be provided to the SSO for approval and filing. MSDSs for all 

hazardous materials brought onto the work site, as well as MSDSs for JP-5, JP-8, and diesel 

marine fuel are included in Attachment B, a copy of which will be maintained on site as part of 

the HSP. For locally obtained products, MSDSs may not be available, in which case some 

alternate form of product hazard documentation can be used, provided it is approved by the 

H&SP. In accordance with the requirements of Safety Health & Environment 115, Hazard 

Communication, all personnel shall be briefed on the hazards of any chemical products they use 

(e.g., propanol used for decontamination), and shall be aware of and have access to all MSDSs. 

All containers on site shall be properly labeled to indicate their contents. Labeling on any 

containers not intended for single-day, individual use shall also contain additional information 

indicating potential hazards (flammability, reactivity, etc.). 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

General Health and Safety Procedures

September 2010

 

4-3 

4.3 General Site Safety Rules 

In addition to HAZWOPER, the general site safety rules for the project effort are identified in 

the following sections. 

4.3.1 Smoking, Eating, and Drinking 

Smoking, eating, and drinking will not be permitted in controlled work areas. Field workers will 

first wash hands and face immediately after leaving the controlled work areas (and always prior 

to eating or drinking). Consumption of alcoholic beverages is prohibited at any site. 

4.3.2 Personal Hygiene 

An adequate supply of potable water will be available for field personnel consumption and use in 

cleaning activities. Potable water used for drinking can be provided in the form of water bottles, 

canteens, water coolers, or drinking fountains. Adequate disposal containers will be provided. 

If access to toilet facilities is not available, then a portable toilet facility will be provided to the 

work site. Portable toilets must include hand-washing capabilities (hand wipes are adequate to 

meet this need). 

Personnel will be provided access to washing facilities (e.g., buckets with water and Alconox) at 

the work site. Personnel will be required to clean hands and face using water and hand soap (or 

similar substance) prior to breaks and at the end of daily work activities. 

4.3.3 Buddy System 

All field personnel will use the buddy system when working within any controlled work area. 

Buddies will double check the checklist of items for sampling, decontamination and PPE to be 

worn prior to entering the tunnel because access to the trucks will be limited. Personnel 

belonging to another organization on site can serve as “buddies” for project personnel. Under no 

circumstances will project personnel be present alone in a controlled work area. 

4.3.4 Lighting 

At a minimum, all portions of each work location will be sufficiently lit so that all surfaces are 

illuminated at 10 foot-candles or greater. The use of supplemental light is required for this 

project since most of the sampling will occur in underground tunnels. Each member of the field 

team that will be working inside a tunnel will be required to carry a flashlight with working 

batteries. 

4.3.5 Work Area Control Records 

The HSO will record daily the identities of all personnel at time of entry who are working in or 

entering the Controlled Area/EZ and note the time of departure of personnel. 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

General Health and Safety Procedures

September 2010

 

4-4 

4.4 Drum Handling 

Where containers greater than 10 gallons are used for containerizing chemical products or waste 

materials, handling of the containers will be accomplished in accordance with the following: 

 When not in use, drums/containers will be covered with tight fitting lids. 

 At the conclusion of each work shift all drums/containers will be placed in a 

designated waste storage area. This area will be properly marked and secured. 

 Mechanical or powered drum handling equipment will be used to move 

drums/containers that weigh in excess of 49 pounds. Manual handling of drums leads 

to muscular-skeletal injuries and will be avoided to the maximum extent possible. 

4.5 Heat Stress Prevention 

Heat stress can be a significant field site hazard, particularly for non-acclimated personnel 

operating in the hot, humid environment of O‘ahu. Site personnel will be instructed in the 

identification of a heat stress victim, the first-aid treatment procedures for the victim, and the 

prevention of heat stress casualties. Work-rest cycles will be determined and the appropriate 

measures taken to prevent heat stress. 

Administrative controls, physiological monitoring, and the adjusted temperature method will be 

implemented to manage and minimize the effects of heat stress throughout work activity at the 

site. These methods are described below. 

Heat stress control measures will be implemented as necessary at the inception of work activity. 

Administrative controls include training in causes of heat stress, physiological reaction/response, 

preventive measures, and first aid. Other administrative controls encompass intermittent rest 

periods with water breaks, and shaded break areas. 

4.5.1 Responding to Heat-Related Illness 

Project site personnel will be observed and evaluated for heat stress from the beginning of work 

activity (when they wear permeable clothing) through physiological monitoring, as weather and 

employee conditions require it. This regimen will be followed because Wet Bulb Globe 

Thermometer Monitoring will not be used. This option is permissible through EM 385-1 Section 

06.J 04 a, American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists’ Threshold Limit Values 

and Biological Indices, and Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Technical 

Manual Section III\Chapter 4 Heat Stress. 

When ambient temperatures reach 70 degrees Fahrenheit (°F) and site workers are wearing 

permeable, semi-impermeable or impermeable protective clothing, physiological monitoring will 

continue. The guidance in Table 4-1 will be used in identifying and treating heat-related illness. 

Table 4-1: Identification and Treatment of Heat-Related Illness 

Type of 

Heat-Related 

Illness Description First Aid 

Mild Heat 

Strain 

The mildest form of heat-related 

illness. Victims exhibit irritability, 

Provide the victim with a work break during which 

he/she may relax, remove any excess protective 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

General Health and Safety Procedures

September 2010

 

4-5 

Table 4-1: Identification and Treatment of Heat-Related Illness 

Type of 

Heat-Related 

Illness Description First Aid 

lethargy, and significant sweating. The 

victim may complain of headache or 

nausea. This is the initial stage of 

overheating, and prompt action at this 

point may prevent more severe heatrelated illness from occurring. 

clothing, and drink cool fluids. 

If an air-conditioned spot is available, this is an 

ideal break location. 

Once the victim shows improvement, he/she may 

resume working; however, the work pace should be 

moderated to prevent recurrence of the symptoms. 

Heat 

Exhaustion 

Usually begins with muscular weakness 

and cramping, dizziness, staggering 

gait, and nausea. The victim will have 

pale, clammy moist skin and may 

perspire profusely. The pulse is weak 

and fast and the victim may faint unless 

they lie down. The bowels may move 

involuntarily. 

Immediately remove the victim from the work area 

to a shady or cool area with good air circulation 

(avoid drafts or sudden chilling). 

Remove all protective outerwear. 

Call a physician. 

Treat the victim for shock. (Make the victim lie 

down, raise his or her feet 6–12 inches, and keep 

him or her cool by loosening all clothing). 

If the victim is conscious, it may be helpful to give 

him or her sips of water. 

Transport victim to a medical facility as soon as 

possible. 

Heat Stroke 

The most serious of heat illness, heat 

stroke represents the collapse of the 

body’s cooling mechanisms. As a 

result, body temperature may rise to 

104 °F or higher. As the victim 

progresses toward heat stroke, 

symptoms such as headache, dizziness, 

and nausea can be noted, and the skin is 

observed to be dry, red, and hot. 

Sudden collapse and loss of 

consciousness follows quickly and 

death is imminent if exposure 

continues. Heat stroke can occur 

suddenly. 

Immediately evacuate the victim to a cool and 

shady area. 

Lay the victim on his or her back with the head and 

shoulders slightly elevated. 

Remove all protective outerwear and as much 

personal clothing as decency permits. 

Apply cold wet towels or ice bags to the head, 

armpits, and thighs. 

Sponge off the bare skin with cool water or rubbing 

alcohol, if available. 

The main objective is to cool without chilling the 

victim. 

Give no stimulants or hot drinks. 

Since heat stroke is a severe medical condition 

requiring professional medical attention, 

emergency medical help should be summoned 

immediately to provide onsite treatment of the 

victim and proper transport to a medical facility. 

Victim must be seen by the company or personal 

physician prior to returning to work. 

4.5.2 Adjusted Temperature Method 

This method can be utilized where Wet Bulb Globe temperature data is not available, and 

requires only that the ambient temperature (in °F) be known. Adjustment factors are applied 

to the ambient temperature to account for departures from ideal conditions (sunny conditions, 

light winds, moderate humidity, and a fully acclimated work force). The adjustments should be 

made by addition or subtraction to the ambient temperature reading, or changes in table 

position, as indicated in Table 4-2. Adjustments are independent and cumulative, all 

applicable adjustments should be applied. The result is the Adjusted Temperature, which can 

be compared with the values in Table 4-3 for the applicable work rate (where light work 

corresponds to minimal physical activity besides standing/watching, very heavy work 

corresponds to significant, continuous physical labor) to determine the work-rest frequency. 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

General Health and Safety Procedures

September 2010

 

4-6 

Table 4-2: Temperature Adjustment Factors 

Time of Day Temperature Adjustment Factors 

Before daily temperature peaka +2°F 

10 am – 2 pm (peak sunshine) +2°F 

Sunshine 

No clouds +1°F 

Partly Cloudy (3/8 – 5/8 cloud cover) -3°F 

Mostly Cloudy (5/8 – 7/8 cloud cover) -5°F 

Cloudy (>7/8 cloud cover) -7°F 

Indoor or nighttime work -7°F 

Wind (ignore if indoors or wearing chemical protective clothing 

(CPC)) 

Gusts greater than 5 miles per hour at least once per minute -1°F 

Gusts greater than 10 miles per hour at least once per minute -2°F 

Sustained greater than 5 miles per hour -3°F 

Sustained greater than 10 miles per hour -5°F 

Humidity (ignore if wearing CPC) 

Relative Humidity greater than 90 percent (%) +5°F 

Relative humidity greater than 80% +2°F 

Relative Humidity less than 50% -4°F 

a

 This adjustment accounts for temperature increase during the day. If the temperature has already reached its daytime peak, it can be ignored. 

Table 4-3: Work-Rest Schedule Based on Adjusted Temperature 

Adjusted Temperature (°F) Work-Rest Schedule Light Work Moderate Work Heavy Work Very Heavy Work

No specified break < 80 < 75 < 70 < 65 

15 minute break every 90 

minutes of work 80 – 90 75 – 85 70 - 80 65 – 75 

15 minute break every 60 

minutes of work >90 – 100 > 85 – 95 >80 - 85 >75 – 80 

15 minute break every 45 

minutes of work >100 – 110 >95 – 100 >85 - 90 >80 – 85 

15 minute break every 30 

minutes of work >110 - 115 >100 – 105 >90 - 95 >85 – 90 

15 minute break every 15 

minutes of work >115 - 120 >105 – 110 >95 -100 >90 - 95 

Stop Work >120 >110 >100 >95

Note: Time spent performing decontamination or donning/doffing CPC should not be included in calculating work or break time lengths. 

4.5.3 Evaluating the Work-Rest Schedule’s Effectiveness 

The intent of the Work-Rest Schedule is to provide effective administrative controls to preclude 

exposure to heat stress, as much as possible. Once a work-rest schedule is established, the 

work supervisor must continually evaluate its effectiveness through observation of workers for 

signs/symptoms of heart stress. Measurement of each worker’s pulse and temperature can 

provide additional information in determining if the schedule is adequate, and is accomplished as 

follows: 

At the start of the workday each worker’s baseline pulse rate (in beats per minute [ bpm]) is 

determined by taking a pulse count for 15 seconds and multiplying the result by four. Worker 

pulse rates can then be measured at the beginning and end of each break period to determine if 

the rest period allows adequate cooling by applying the following criteria: 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

General Health and Safety Procedures

September 2010

 

4-7 

 each worker’s maximum heart rate at the start of any break should be less than 

[180 minus workers age] bpm. If this value is exceeded for any worker, the 

duration of the following work period will be decreased by at least 10 minutes. 

 at the end of each work period, all workers’ heart rates must have returned to 

within +10% of the baseline pulse rate. If any worker’s pulse rate exceeds this value 

the break period will be extended for at least 5 minutes, at the end of which pulse 

rates will be re- measured and the end-of-break criteria again applied. 

Temperature can be checked with an aural, temporal, or disposable oral thermometer after work 

activity or before the employee drinks water. If the body temperature exceeds 37.6 degrees 

Celsius (°C) or 99.68 °F, shorten the work cycle by one third1. If body temperatures of 38.3 °C 

or 101 °F is the upper limit for not sending employees back to work. 

Recommended Guidelines 

The guidelines discussed in this section are intended to be used only as a means for initial 

establishment of a work/rest regimen. 

 The onsite health and safety representative will evaluate the conditions at a specific 

operation and make final determinations of the work/rest regimen. 

 Intake of fluid will be increased beyond that which satisfies thirst, and it is 

important to avoid "fluid debt," which will not be made up as long as the individual is 

sweating. 

 Two eight ounce glasses of water should be taken prior to beginning work, then up 

to 32 ounces per hour during the work shift; fluid replacement at frequent intervals is 

most effective. 

 The best fluid to drink is water; liquids like coffee or soda do not provide efficient 

hydration, and may increase loss of water. 

 If commercial electrolyte drinks (e.g., Gatorade) are used, the drink should be diluted 

with water, or 8 ounces of water should be taken with each 8 ounces of electrolyte 

beverage. 

 Additional salt is usually not needed and salt tablets should not be taken. 

 Replacement fluids should be cool, but not cold. 

 Breaks will be taken in a cool, shaded location, and any impermeable clothing 

should be removed. 

 Dry clothing or towels will be available to minimize chills when taking breaks. 

 Manual labor will not be performed during breaks, other than paperwork or similar 

light tasks. 

 Other controls that may be used include: 

- scheduling work at night or during the cooler parts of the day (6 am - 10 

am, 3 pm - 7 pm). 

 

1

 Temperature evaluation step obtained from OSHA Technical Manual Section III, Chapter 4 - Heat Stress. 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

General Health and Safety Procedures

September 2010

 

4-8 

- erecting a cover or partition to shade the work area. 

- use of cooling garments (this option is expensive and logistically difficult 

to implement). 

 The health and safety representative will determine the potential for heat stress based 

on planned activities and weather forecasts. 

 If the potential for heat stress exists: 

- All site workers will be informed of the potential for heat stress during the 

daily safety meeting. 

- The health and safety representative will determine if any workers are at 

particular risk for heat stress due to illness, etc. 

- The health and safety representative will ensure that sufficient quantities of 

potable water and electrolyte drinks are available in the decontamination area 

and that a shaded rest area is available at or immediately outside the 

decontamination area. 

- All workers will drink 16 ounces of water prior to beginning work and at least 

16 ounces during each rest period. 

 The initial work period and monitoring frequency is set according to the level of 

risk for heat stress. 

 Within the first minute of each rest period, each worker's heart rate (pulse) will 

be measured, and compared to the following: 

- initial heart rate: 110 bpm (28 beats/15 sec). 

 Each worker's heart rate will be measured again three minutes later, and compared to 

the following: 

- recovery heart rate: 80 bpm (20 beats/15 sec). 

 If both heart rate criteria are met, the subsequent work period may be increased by 

one third, provided the temperature remains constant. 

 If the initial heart rate is > 110 bpm, or the recovery rate is not less than 80 bpm, the 

subsequent work shift is decreased by one third. 

 Additional means of prevention include: 

- cooling devices such as vortex tubes or cooling vests can be worn beneath 

protective garments. If cooling devices are worn, only physiological 

monitoring will be used to determine work activity. 

- Employees will open or remove chemical protective garments during rest 

periods. 

- All employees will be informed of the importance of adequate rest and proper 

diet in the prevention of heat stress. 

- Employees will be informed of the harmful effects of excessive alcohol 

consumption in the prevention of heat stress. 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

General Health and Safety Procedures

September 2010

 

4-9 

4.6 Fire Hazard Prevention 

Fire Hazard is a serious potentially life threatening situation at the Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage 

Facility. There are 18 USTs that are currently being utilized onsite and each holds 20.5 million 

gallons of product. Products range from Jet Propellant to diesel, in the past they have also 

contained automotive gasoline and oil. Sampling will occur on the RHFS in tunnels therefore 

extreme caution to not ignite any potentially flammable vapors is imperative. 

The guidelines discussed in this section are intended to be used as a means for safe sampling 

activities in the work areas. 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

General Health and Safety Procedures

September 2010

 

4-10 

This page is intentionally left blank.
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Hazard Assessment

September 2010

5-1 

Section 5 Hazard Assessment 

For this project, project personnel and subcontractor(s) will perform tasks associated with project 

activities. Performance of these tasks can expose personnel to a variety of hazards due to the 

operational activities, physical conditions of the work locations, and potential presence of 

environmental contaminants (see Section 3). 

5.1 Specifications of Work Tasks 

The following work task is to be performed during the project activities: 

 groundwater monitoring; 

 soil vapor monitoring; 

 fuel product monitoring; 

 equipment decontamination; and 

 IDW handling and disposal tasks. 

AHAs have been prepared for the work tasks that specify the major performance steps, identify 

the related hazards and applicable safety procedures, and specify any additional requirements. 

5.1.1 Unanticipated Work Activities 

When work activities are identified which are not addressed in this HSP, appropriate safety 

documentation and procedures will be implemented. AHAs are included in Attachment A of this 

HSP. 

5.2 Suspected Environmental Contaminants 

The information presented below is intended to inform site personnel about the expected hazards 

associated with known or suspected environmental contaminants. 

Suspected environmental contaminants include the following: 

 TPH-Diesel 

 TPH-Gasoline 

 VOCs 

 PAHs 

 dissolved lead 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Hazard Assessment

September 2010

5-2 

Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons in the Gasoline Range 

Gasoline is a complex mixture of hydrocarbons and additives, used primarily as a motor fuel. 

Gasoline possessed moderate to high vapor pressure, meaning it is highly volatile. The lower 

explosive limit for gasoline is 1.1 percent concentration in air; fire/explosion can be significant 

in enclosed spaces where airborne concentrations may accumulate. 

Chronic exposures or exposures to high concentration of gasoline vapor may cause 

unconsciousness, coma, and possible death from respiratory failure. Exposure to low 

concentrations of gasoline vapors may produce flushing of the face, slurred speech, and mental 

confusion. Gasoline is also irritating to the skin, and may cause drying and dermatitis as a result 

of prolonged contact. 

Various components and additives of gasoline can themselves present significant additional 

hazards. The aromatic compounds benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, and xylene (BTEX) are of 

greatest concern in relation to site characterization activities, and are addressed separately below. 

However, some additives used for octane control (e.g. methyl tertiary butyl ether MTBE), 

oxygenated (e.g., alcohols and MTBE), and water scavenging (e.g., methylene glycol methyl 

ether) can also present significant hazards as a result of prolonged inhalation or skin exposure. 

In the past, tetra-ethyl and tetra methyl lead, both of which have been identified as carcinogens 

and present moderate skin contact hazards, were added to gasoline for anti-knock control. 

Both the OSHA permissible exposure limit (PEL) and the American Conference of 

Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) threshold limit value (TLV) for gasoline are 300 

parts per million (ppm). Control of inhalation exposure to gasoline (and its various constituents 

and additives) can be accomplished by using air-purifying respirators equipped with organic 

vapor cartridges. The use of skin protection (e.g. chemically protective gloves) is required when 

handling gasoline-contaminated materials. 

Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons in the Diesel Range 

Like gasoline diesel is a complex mixture of hydrocarbons. It is manufactured through refining 

of middle-distillate crude oil components, and thus is somewhat less volatile than gasoline 

(which comes from light stocks). 

Exposure to diesel fuels can produce intoxication and other central nervous system (CNS) 

depression effects in cases of acute exposure, and can lead to defatting of skin and contact 

dermatitis in case of contact exposure. Like gasoline, diesel fuel contains some small quantities 

of volatile hydrocarbon additives, including BTEX members. 

There are no established exposure standards from either OSHA or ACGIH for diesel fuel; 

however, action levels should be developed that reflect the potential presence of BTEX 

(particularly benzene) when diesel fuels are present. Control of inhalation exposure to diesel 

fuel (and its various constituents) can be accomplished by using air-purifying respirators 

equipped with organic vapor cartridges. The use of skin protection (e.g. chemically protective 

gloves) is required when handling diesel-contaminated materials. 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Hazard Assessment

September 2010

5-3 

Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) 

VOCs are organic chemical compounds that have high enough vapor pressure under normal 

conditions to significantly vaporize and enter the atmosphere. A wide range of carbon based 

molecules, such as aldehydes, ketones and other light hydrocarbons are VOCs. The most 

common VOC is methane. Common artificial VOCs include paint thinners, dry cleaning 

solvents, and some constituents of petroleum fuels. 

The most common hazard for VOCs is inhalation. The proper use of air-purifying respirators 

equipped with P100 cartridges and chemically-protective gloves will adequately protect 

personnel. 

Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAHs) 

PAHs are produced during combustion events due to inadequate oxidation of fuel. PAHs in the 

pure state are yellowish crystalline solids. They are found in coal tar and products of incomplete 

combustion. These chemicals have varying degrees of potency for causing cancer, with 

benzo(a)pyrene being among the most potent. PAHs are evaluated collectively as coal tar pitch 

volatiles. Coal tar pitch volatiles may cause photosensitization and a rash where sunlight strikes 

the skin. Exposure may also cause cancer of the lungs, skin, bladder, or kidneys. 

Benzo(b)fluoranthene, benzo(j)fluoranthene, benzo(k)fluoranthene, benzo(a)pyrene, chrysene, 

and ideno(1,2,3,c,d)pyrene have been identified as carcinogenic. 

The information for PAH compounds is presented for site contaminant awareness. While the 

potential for site personnel sustaining significant inhalation exposures to volatilized PAH 

compounds during this project’s site activities in minimal, there is the potential for inhalation of 

PAH-contaminated dust, and handling of contaminated soil presents skin exposure hazards. Use 

of dust suppression techniques (as appropriate) and the proper use of air-purifying respirators 

equipped with P100 cartridges and chemically-protective gloves will adequately protect 

personnel. 

Heavy Metals (including lead) 

As a group, the heavy metals (including lead, arsenic, chromium, nickel, cadmium, and 

selenium) are toxic to a number of organs and organ systems in the body, including the liver, 

kidneys, blood-forming organs (primarily located in the bones), and the CNS (especially lead). 

Acute exposure to metals can produce such symptoms as stomach distress and vomiting, mental 

confusion and sluggishness, heart palpitations, breathing difficulties, and renal (kidney) failure. 

Chronic exposures can be characterized by deterioration in function of the liver and kidneys, 

CNS degradation, and abnormal changes in blood cell counts (especially white blood cells). 

The primary route of exposure to heavy metals of concern during this project is contact with 

contaminated soil and water, which can lead to entry through open wounds or contamination and 

ingestion of food. Preventing this route of exposure necessitates the use of dust control 

measures, administrative controls (e.g., no consumption of food/beverages in the work area or 

smoking/chewing tobacco), chemically-protective gloves, and decontamination procedures. 

Methane 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Hazard Assessment

September 2010

5-4 

Methane is a natural compound which is the primary component of natural gas. Methane is not 

toxic, however it is an asphyxiate and may displace oxygen in an enclosed space. Asphyxia may 

result if the oxygen concentration is reduced to below 19.5% by displacement. 

5.2.1 Assessment of Hazards 

There is the potential for occupational exposure to occur through two direct routes (inhalation 

and skin contact) and one indirect route (ingestion). Descriptions of exposure hazards and 

protective measures for each contaminant type were presented above. 

Inhalation. A potential inhalation hazard from organic vapors exists during sampling activities. 

Real-time air monitoring for organic compounds, using a PID, will be conducted at well-head 

opening during these activities. 

Skin Contact. Contact with contaminated materials is likely during sampling activities. 

Protection against skin contact/adsorption can be accomplished by using protective 

gloves/clothing. 

Ingestion. Contact with contaminated materials is likely during sampling activities. Protection 

against exposure via ingestion can be accomplished by performance of proper decontamination 

procedures when exiting contaminated work areas. 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Activity-Specific Health and Safety Procedures

September 2010

6-1 

Section 6 Activity-Specific Health and Safety 

Procedures 

6.1 Slips, Trips, Falls, and Protruding Objects 

Hazards from protruding objects, careless movements, or placement of materials on paths or foot 

traffic areas present a problem with regard to slips, trips, falls, and puncture wounds. Personnel 

will use a reasonable amount of effort to ensure the prevention of such injuries. 

6.2 Hazardous Noise Environments 

Although not anticipated, working around heavy equipment often creates excessive noise. The 

effects of noise can include physical damage to the ear, pain, and temporary and/or permanent 

hearing loss. Workers can also be startled, annoyed, or distracted by noise during critical 

activities. 

Work within 25 feet of heavy equipment, when in operation, can result in exposure to hazardous 

levels of noise (levels of greater than 90 decibels). Accordingly, all personnel are required to use 

hearing protection (earplugs or earmuffs) within 25 feet of any operating piece of heavy 

equipment. 

6.3 Manual Materials Handling 

All personnel will minimize the use of their back when performing manual handling in excess of 

10 pounds. No person shall lift more than 49 pounds without the use of mechanical aid or 

assistance from other personnel. 

6.4 Chemical Exposure Monitoring Procedures 

Monitoring procedures will be employed during project activities to assess employee exposure to 

chemical and physical hazards. Monitoring of the worker(s) breathing zone will be performed 

when the wells are first opened to assess employee exposure risk using a RAE® Systems MiniRAE PID and MIE® Model PDM-3 Aerosol Monitor or comparable equipment. If initial 

readings are within expectable limits work will proceed as planned. If any chemical or physical 

hazard is detected at the time of well-head opening, all personnel will be notified and evacuated 

to a safe distance until the hazard is dispersed. Monitoring will consist primarily of onsite 

determination of various parameters (e.g., airborne contaminant concentrations and heat stress 

effects), but may be supplemented by more sophisticated monitoring techniques, if necessary. 

Monitoring results will be logged in the field book, reviewed, and discussed during tailgate 

safety briefing. 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Activity-Specific Health and Safety Procedures

September 2010

6-2 

6.4.1 Monitoring Instrumentation 

To assess the exposure potential to environmental contaminants during project activities, onsite 

monitoring may be performed using the type of real-time instrumentation indicated in Table 6-1. 

Table 6-1: Air Monitoring Instrumentation 

Instrument Manufacturer/Model* Substances Detected 

PID 

RAE® Systems mini-RAE 

Photovac Microtip 

HNu Model HNu 

10.2 eV Bulb 

Petroleum hydrocarbons (benzene, 

toluene, ethylbenzene, and 

xylenes) 

Aerosol Monitor MIE® Model PDM-3 Aerosols 

Sound Level Meter (SLM) 

Metrosonics Chameleon 

Quest Model 215 SLM 

Quest Model 2700 SLM 

Sound pressure level (in decibel 

(A-weighted scale) (dBA)). 

*Or similar unit, as approved by H&SP 

dBA: disables 

All instruments will be calibrated before and after each period of use in accordance with the 

manufacturer’s instructions and standard industrial hygiene practice. Calibration information for 

each instrument will be recorded in the site log. 

6.4.2 Hazardous Noise Monitoring Procedures 

When heavy equipment is in operation, it will be necessary to ensure that each EZ fully 

encompasses all areas where hazardous noise levels are present (85 dBA or greater). Once each 

work day, the HSO will use a sound level meter to survey the perimeter of each EZ, while all 

onsite heavy equipment within the zone is being operated simultaneously. If the sound pressure 

level exceeds 85 dBA at any location along the site perimeter, the HSO will exit the EZ and use 

the meter to determine the 85 dBA limit. The EZ boundary will then be adjusted to fully 

encompass this region. Hearing protection will be required during heavy equipment operations. 

Although planned field activities at the Site are not anticipated to generate significant sources of 

noise, Environet staff will have ear protection on-site at all times. 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

PPE and Decontamination Requirements

September 2010

7-1 

Section 7 PPE and Decontamination 

Requirements 

PPE is used to limit employee exposure to hazards anticipated on site. The United States 

Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has defined levels of PPE based on skin and respiratory 

protection. The components of these levels of PPE are shown in Table 7-1. The initial PPE level 

for this project is Level D. 

The H&SM may modify these initial PPE levels in response to additional site information, with 

the approval of the H&SM. The level of PPE necessary for any decontamination activity will be 

determined by the H&SM and will be based on specific monitoring results obtained during field 

investigation activities. 

Table 7-1: PPE Levels 

EPA PPE Level Required PPE 

Level D 

- Disposable coveralls, cotton coveralls, or work clothes 

- Safety glasses with side shields 

- Steel-toe shoes 

- Hard hat 

- Ear protection (in high noise areas) 

Modified Level D 

- Tyvek®, or equivalent (e.g., Comfort-Guard), coveralls/disposal work clothing 

- Safety glasses with side shields 

- Chemical protective gloves 

- Steel-toed shoes with disposable shoe covers or chemical protective steel-toed boots 

- Hard hat 

- Ear protection (in high noise areas) 

Level C 

- Tyvek®, or equivalent (e.g., Comfort-Guard), coveralls/disposal work clothing 

- Inner Nitrile gloves 

- Outer Nitrile gloves 

- Steel-toed shoes 

- Disposable shoe covers 

- Hard hat 

- Full-face respirator with combination dust and organic vapor cartridges. 

- Ear protection (in high noise areas) 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

PPE and Decontamination Requirements

September 2010

7-2 

Table 7-1: PPE Levels 

EPA PPE Level Required PPE 

Level B 

- Tyvek®, or equivalent (e.g., Comfort-Guard), coveralls/disposal work clothing 

- Inner Nitrile gloves 

- Outer Nitrile gloves 

- Steel-toed shoes 

- Disposable shoe covers 

- Hard hat 

- Airline or self contained breathing apparatus 

- Ear protection (in high noise areas) 

7.1 Decontamination Procedures 

For decontamination purposes, including personnel and equipment, the proper decontamination 

procedures during the characterization effort will comply with the following procedures. 

7.1.1 Personnel Decontamination 

If site conditions require, personnel exiting the EZ will be decontaminated before leaving the 

contaminant reduction zone (CRZ). Primary decontamination will be conducted at the border of 

the EZ and CRZ. 

Decontamination for Level D PPE will include washing boots. Disposable coveralls, gloves, or 

outer boot coverings, if worn, will be discarded in the appropriate container. If cotton coveralls 

or work clothes are worn, they will be removed before leaving the site, and street clothes will be 

donned. Personnel are advised to shower as soon as possible after leaving the site. In the 

unanticipated event that Modified Level D, Level C, and/or Level B is required at the site, 

decontamination will be as follows: 

 wash boot covers and outer gloves (Wash water will be potable water containing 

detergent. Rinse water will be potable water.); 

 rinse boot covers and outer gloves (e.g., using a long-handled brush in a wash tub 

containing potable water or a sprayer if available); 

 remove tape used to seal gloves and boots and place it in the PPE container; 

 remove Tyvek®, coated Tyvek, or equivalent coveralls (for Level B remove outer 

coveralls) and place in the PPE container; 

 remove boot covers and place in the PPE container; 

 remove outer gloves and place in the PPE container; 

 inspect boots and check for further decontamination, as needed; 

 remove respirators or facemasks and place on equipment table for decontamination; 

 remove inner coveralls (Level B) and place in the PPE container; 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

PPE and Decontamination Requirements

September 2010

7-3 

 remove inner gloves and place in PPE container. If cold weather liners were used, 

place them in a dedicated receptacle for machine washing and subsequent reuse; and 

 if required, transport personnel to the shower and locker room or change out facility 

for personal washing as necessary. 

NOTE: The water repellency of non-coated Tyvek and similar garments is due to the surface 

tension of water and the resistance of the Tyvek fiber to wetting. The presence of surfactants 

(e.g., detergents) in the water completely defeats the water repellent properties of Tyvek. 

Therefore, non-coated Tyvek and similar fabrics should never be exposed to water and 

detergent solutions during the decontamination process. 

7.1.2 Equipment Decontamination 

Equipment decontamination will be performed on all equipment that comes in contact with 

discreet sampling locations (e.g., sampling equipment). Decontamination will be performed to 

limit the spread of contamination and limit worker exposure to contamination. Equipment will 

be decontaminated before personnel decontamination (i.e., personnel will remain in the 

appropriate level of PPE until equipment decontamination is complete). 

7.1.3 Disposal of Decontamination Wastes 

A project-specific Waste Management Plan has been prepared and is included in Appendix B of 

the site RWP. Field personnel will refer to this plan for detailed procedures on disposal of 

decontamination wastes. 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

PPE and Decontamination Requirements

September 2010

7-4 

This page is intentionally left blank. 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Emergency Action Plan

September 2010

8-1 

Section 8 Emergency Action Plan 

8.1 General 

Although the potential for an emergency to occur is remote, an emergency action plan has been 

prepared for this project should such critical situations arise. The only significant type of onsite 

emergency that may occur is physical injury or illness to a member of the project team. The 

emergency action plan will be reviewed by all personnel prior to the start of field activities and 

acknowledged on the Signature Page. 

8.2 Responsibilities 

8.2.1 Field Manager/Site Safety Officer 

The FM/HSO will be the primary contact and coordinator of all emergency activities and will be 

responsible for the following: 

 evaluating the severity of the emergency; 

 implementing the emergency evacuation procedures and appropriate response action; 

 summoning appropriate emergency services (e.g., fire department, police, or 

ambulance); and 

 notifying all site personnel, the H&SP, and concerned Navy authorities of the 

emergency situation. 

8.3 Emergency Evacuation Procedures 

The information contained herein, as it relates to emergency evacuation procedures, is intended 

for a small work site with limited equipment. The small, mobile work site associated with 

sample collection operations makes it impractical to pre-determine an evacuation route for 

inclusion in this HSP; however, the following general evacuation procedure requirements are 

established here for use by the HSO to determine specific evacuation procedures at each site: 

 An alarm system consisting of voice or other audible alarm (e.g., horn) will be 

identified by the HSO as the emergency evacuation notice, prior to the start of field 

activities. 

 In the event of an emergency evacuation, all personnel in the EZ will exit through the 

CRZ and congregate at a place of refuge located a safe distance from the site, to be 

designated by the HSO during the daily tailgate safety briefing. 

 The FM will initiate an emergency stop and exit the area in the manner noted in the 

second bullet. 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Emergency Action Plan

September 2010

8-2 

 Once at the place of refuge, the HSO will account for all site personnel based on the 

sign-in log for the site; personnel will make all possible attempts to locate 

unaccounted site personnel and/or contact emergency services. 

 Within the first three days of the start of field activities, the HSO will conduct an 

emergency evacuation training event where all site personnel will practice an 

emergency evacuation. Immediately following the emergency evacuation training 

event, a post-training meeting will be held to critique the performance of the training 

event. The meeting will highlight the strong and weak points of the training event 

and evaluate corrective actions if necessary. 

8.3.1 Other Onsite Personnel 

Field personnel are required to inform the HSO of all emergency situations and to abide by their 

issued response actions. Special medical problems of field personnel, such as allergies to 

insects, plants, or prescription medication, will be reported to the HSO. 

8.4 Emergency Equipment 

In accordance with 29 CFR 1910 (General Industry) and 1926 (Construction), the following 

emergency equipment will be available at the work site and in proper working condition. 

8.4.1 First Aid Kit 

A first aid kit will be available that meets the following requirements: 

 First aid kits will be in weatherproof containers, meet all regulatory requirements, and 

be present at all locations where project personnel are working. 

 Use of any item from the first aid kit shall be replaced within one working day. 

 Personnel permitted to use first aid kits will possess a current first aid card. A 

minimum of two trained first aid/ CPR providers will be present on site at all times. 

The first-aid/CPR providers will have received blood borne pathogen (BBP) training 

as required by CFR 1910.1030 and Environet’s corporate health and safety policy. 

8.4.2 Fire Extinguisher 

A fire extinguisher with a minimum rating of 1A:10B:C will be available on site at all times. 

Site personnel will be trained in the use of the available fire extinguisher type(s), and will be kept 

aware of any onsite locations of where extinguishers are placed (for access in case of fire). 

In addition, a fire extinguisher will be mounted on each piece of heavy equipment for use in an 

emergency. The minimum rating for each vehicle-mounted extinguisher will be 2A:10B. 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Emergency Action Plan

September 2010

8-3 

8.4.3 Eyewash Units 

An eyewash unit will be available at the work site at all times. The eyewash must meet the latest 

requirements of American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Standard Z358.1 and will be 

capable of supplying hands-free irrigation for both eyes for at least 15 minutes at a flow rate of at 

least 0.4-gallon per minute. 

8.4.4 Flash Light 

Each member of the field team shall carry a flash light incase of a power outage at any time 

while in the tunnels at RHFS. If a power outage were to occur the tunnels would be completely 

dark and there would be tripping hazards because there are no known emergency lighting units. 

8.5 Response Actions – Safety Equipment Problems 

A malfunction or other problem with any health and safety equipment can potentially lead to a 

medical emergency. Examples include the following: 

 leaks or tears in protective clothing; 

 failure of respiratory protective devices (i.e., self-contained breathing apparatus or 

air-purifying respirators); and 

 encountering contaminants for which prescribed protective equipment may not be 

suitable. 

These equipment problems must be corrected before proceeding with field activities. Personnel 

affected by the equipment problem(s) must exit the work area until the problem has been 

corrected. 

8.6 Response Actions – Medical Emergencies 

A medical emergency is a situation that presents a significant threat to the health of personnel on 

site. Chemical exposure, heat stress, cold stress, and poisonous insect bites can cause medical 

emergencies. Proper care must be initiated immediately. Proper care may be in the form of first 

aid treatment or emergency hospitalization. Two way radios or some other form of hazard 

communication devise will need to be onsite in the event of an emergency hospitalization. 

Response personnel will accompany victims to the medical facility, whenever possible, to advise 

on decontamination. Table 8-1 provides instructions to respond to general categories of medical 

emergencies. 

8.6.1 Medical Assistance 

The FM or HSO will keep on site the list of emergency telephone numbers and locations of the 

local fire department, hospitals, ambulance service, and other emergency services (Table 8-2). 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Emergency Action Plan

September 2010

8-4 

All emergency telephone numbers will be verified by the FM or HSO prior to commencing field 

activities. 

In the event of injury, transport personnel to Saint Francis Medical Center-West (Figure 8-1). 

At least two qualified first aid providers will be present on site at all times to provide immediate 

care in the event of accident or injury. Qualified first aid providers will be certified in CPR and 

BBP training as required by CFR 1910.1030 and Environet’s corporate health and safety policy. 

The HSO will inform hospital personnel of any medical treatment administered to personnel for 

onsite injury, illness, or exposure to chemical contaminants. 

Table 8-1: How to Respond to Medical Emergencies 

Emergency Response 

Inhalation 

 Call for medical assistance. 

 Workers wearing proper respiratory protective equipment should remove the 

victim from the contaminated atmosphere. 

 If the victim is not breathing, administer mouth-to-mouth resuscitation or CPR 

immediately. 

Eye Contact 

 Do not rub eyes. 

 Flood eyes with emergency eyewash solution. Hold the eye open and flood so 

that all surfaces are thoroughly washed. 

 Continue washing for 15 minutes while calling for medical assistance. 

Skin Exposure 

 Wash skin with soap and water for a minimum of 15 minutes. All contaminated 

areas on the body, including hair, should be thoroughly decontaminated. 

 If clothing is contaminated, it should be removed in a way to minimize further 

contact with the substance. 

 Seek medical assistance. 

Heat Stress 

 Remove excess clothing. 

 Pour water on the victim. 

 If the victim is conscious, offer water or electrolyte replacement beverage. 

 Seek medical assistance. 

8.6.2 Accident/Incident Reporting 

All accidents and incidents that occur onsite during any field activity will be promptly reported 

to the HSO and the FM. 

Table 8-2: Emergency Telephone Numbers and Locations

Fire Department: 

Civilian Fire Department 911 

Military Fire Department (Navy Regional Operations Command and Control Center 

[ROCCC]), Pearl Harbor) (808) 474-1271 

Medical Care: 

Kaiser Permanente Medical Center, Moanalua (808) 834-5333 

3288 Moanalua Road 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Emergency Action Plan

September 2010

8-5 

Table 8-2: Emergency Telephone Numbers and Locations

Ambulance: 

Military Ambulance (Navy ROCCC, Pearl Harbor) (808) 474-1271 

Police: 

Military Police (Navy ROCCC, Pearl Harbor) (808) 474-1271 

Civilian Police 911 

Information and Response Organizations: 

National Response Center (if spill over regulated quantity) (800) 424-8802 

National Poison Control Center (800) 222-1222 

NAVFAC Hawai‘i Service Desk (808) 471-8481 or (808) 471-8044 

Navy Personnel: 

Navy Technical Representative (NTR): Mr. Darren Uchima, NAVFAC Hawai‘i (808) 471-1171, ext. 217 

Environet Personnel: 

Health and Safety Manager, Colette Sakoda (808) 833-2225 

Mobile (808) 223-1408 

Project Manager Vilma Dupra (808) 833-2225 

Mobile (808) 754-3925 

Directions to Kaiser Permanente Medical Center, Moanalua - Distance: .1mile, Approximate Travel Time: 5 

minutes.

1: Exit and turn right onto Ala Kapuna Street Use the east onramp to the Moanalua Freeway 

2: Merge onto the Moanalua Freeway towards Honolulu 

3: Take the Puuloa Road Exit 

4: Turn LEFT at the stop light 

5: Use the onramp to your left to get back onto the Moanalua Freeway 

6: Merge onto the Moanalua Freeway heading west. 

7: Exit at the first possible exit, Moanalua Road 

8: Following the hospital signs, the hospital will be on your right at 3288 Moanalua Road. 

If any project personnel are injured and require medical treatment, the FM will contact the PM 

immediately. The FM will initiate a written report and forward to the PM. The report will then 

be provided to the H&SP before the end of the following shift. 

If any employee of a subcontractor is injured, documentation of the incident will be 

accomplished in accordance with the subcontractor’s procedures; however, copies of all 

documentation (which at a minimum must include the OSHA Form 301 or equivalent) must be 

provided to the HSO within 24 hours after the accident has occurred. 

8.7 Response Actions – Chemical Release or Other 

Significant Incident 

Onsite personnel will implement the following procedures in response to any “incident” which 

results in an injury, causes damage to Navy or other property that could exceed $500, causes a 

stoppage or work for more than two hours, or that requires response service from NAVFAC 

Pacific or other offsite agency. NAVFAC Pacific shall be notified of any chemical spill or 

petroleum release. The Regional Operations Command and Control Center shall be notified if 

the spill cannot be contained/controlled, or if it goes into a storm drain, or seeps into the soil, etc. 

NAVFAC Pacific shall be notified if any damage to utility lines occurs. 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Emergency Action Plan

September 2010

8-6 

8.7.1 Incident Report Actions 

1. The senior onsite leader, typically the FM or HSO, will assume full control of all 

work activities as the designated Response Manager (RM). 

2. The RM will assess the incident consequences, and will order an immediate 

evacuation of the site if an uncontrolled hazard exists to site personnel. 

3. Once the risk of worker injury is controlled, priority will be given to identifying and 

treating injuries, under the direction of the RM. First aid procedures will be 

implemented immediately for all victims; emergency medical assistance will be 

contacted (in accordance with HSP procedures) if injuries warrant response by 

emergency medical technicians. As appropriate, less-severely-injured personnel 

should be transported to the designated hospital (as time/resources permit), sent 

home, or released to resume work. 

4. Once injury response activities are under control, the RM will perform an assessment 

of the site conditions and determine if offsite support is required to implement control 

or corrective procedures. If no outside support is necessary, the RM will direct 

worker recovery actions to allow resumption of normal activities. Once activities are 

restored, the RM will contract the PM and HSP-designated H&SP and provide a 

complete report of the incidence occurrence, any resulting injuries or damage, and the 

completed response actions. Additional directions issued by the PM or H&SP will be 

implemented by the RM. The PM will be responsible for notifying the Remedial 

Project Manager (RPM) and the Program Manager of the incident in as timely a 

manner as possible. Additional follow-up will be performed as needed, in accordance 

with the follow-up activities discussed below. 

5. If outside support is required in response to post-incident conditions, the RM will 

contact the NAVFAC Pacific or other designated/appropriate response agency in 

accordance with the HSP. The response agency will be provided with information 

concerning site location, the nature of the incident, the assessment of conditions, and 

what type of support is required. In addition, during the initial contact, the response 

agency must be informed that the work site is undergoing environmental investigation 

and that response actions may entail exposure to environmental contaminants. 

6. After notifying the response agency of the incident, the RM will immediately contact 

the PM and HSP-designated HSP and provide a complete report of the incidence 

occurrence, any resulting injuries and damage, and the status of the on-going response 

actions. Additional directions issued by the PM or H&SP will be implemented by the 

RM. The PM will be responsible for notifying the RPM and the Program Manager 

before the close of business that day, if possible, or else at the start of the next 

business day. Additional follow-up will be performed as needed, in accordance with 

the follow-up activities discussed below 

7. If response team support will be immediate, the RM will remain on site to meet the 

response team. If response will be delayed, the RM will coordinate the response 

schedule to be present when the response agency arrives. If response will not be 

immediate, the RM will ensure that the site is controlled and poses no health or safety 

hazard to persons or property before leaving it uncontrolled. If this cannot be 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Emergency Action Plan

September 2010

8-7 

ensured, the RM or other designated personnel will stay on site to maintain control 

until the response team arrives. 

8. The RM will provide the response team leader with a copy of the HSP, along with a 

concise briefing on site conditions, known physical/chemical hazards, and 

recommended safety procedures. The RM will endeavor to answer any questions the 

response team leader may have regarding the environmental conditions of the site or 

the circumstances of the incident. 

9. Once the status briefing is complete, the RM will relinquish operational control of the 

site to the response team. The RM will remain on site throughout the response team’s 

work unless dismissed by the response team leader or relieved by an appropriate 

representative (e.g., the PM); however, the RM will NOT direct any response team 

actions. When the response team has completed its work, control of the site will 

return to the RM. 

10. Once response activities have been completed, the RM will notify the PM and the 

H&SP. 

8.7.2 Injury/Incident Follow-Up Actions 

Following any onsite incident, injury, or near-miss, the PM will provide initial and follow-up 

notification to the contracting officer in accordance to the following schedule: 

Serious Contractor Mishap 

For any mishap involving a fatality or the hospitalization of three or more workers, or resulting 

in property damage exceeding $200,000 in value, the following actions will be implemented: 

 The H&SP will provide immediate positive voice contact to the RPM. If the RPM is 

unavailable, the NTR will be contacted. 

 The H&SP will provide e-mail or written notification to the contracting officer within 

four hours of the incident. 

 A preliminary Contractor’s Significant Incident Report (CSIR) must be submitted to 

the contracting officer within 24 hours of the mishap. 

 A final CSIR must be submitted to the contracting officer within five days of the 

mishap. 

Non-Serious Contractor Mishap 

For any mishap that causes one or more OSHA-recordable injuries or which results in more than 

$2,000 in property damage, but does not qualify as “serious”, the following actions will be 

implemented: 

 The H&SP will provide telephone or e-mail notification to the contracting officer 

within four hours of the mishap. 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Emergency Action Plan

September 2010

8-8 

 A final CSIR must be submitted to the contracting officer within five days of the 

mishap. 

Other Mishaps 

For all non-OSHA-recordable injuries or near-miss incidents (defined in EarthTech Safety 

Procedure EHS 101) and incidents involving less than $2,000 in damage, the following actions 

will be implemented: 

 The H&SP will provide telephone or e-mail notification to the contracting officer 

within three working days of the mishap. 

 No CSIR is required; however the project team will provide the contracting officer 

with a copy of its own investigation report once completed. 

Follow-Up Investigations 

The project team will perform an Incident Investigation for every incident that occurs at the Site. 

Results of this investigation will be implemented by the PM (as applicable), and will be 

communicated by the H&SM to all PMs for appropriate implementation. 
qÆ

KAISER PERMANENTE MEDICAL CE

MOANALUA ROAD

ALA KAPUNA STREET

ALA NAPUNANI STREET

ALA AOLANI

STREE M T OANALUA

ROAD

SCALE: 1" = 800 FEET

800 400 0 800

FEET

HOSPITAL ROUTE MAP

LONG-TERM MONITORING, RED HILL BULK FUEL STORAGE 
Health and Safety Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Emergency Action Plan

September 2010

8-10 

This page is intentionally left blank.
Attachment A Activity Hazard Analyses

ENVIRONET, INC

ACTIVITY HAZARD ANALYSIS: LONG-TERM MONITORING AT RED HILL BULK FUEL STORAGE FACILITY, RED HILL H

HAWAI‘I

Page 1 of 4 

Activity/Phase of Work: Mobilization Analysis Performed by: Stacey Fineran 

Date: September, 2010 Analysis Approved by: 

Colette Sakoda 

TASK DESCRIPTION 

Activity/Hazard POTENTIAL SAFETY / HEALTH HAZARDS RECOMMENDED CONTROLS 

Slip, Trip, Fall / Personal Injury  Evaluate site area for potential hazards or obstructions. 

 Review (or participate in a review of) potential hazards before e Use 911 for emergencies. If on military base, note where emer

acquire emergency phone number at gate. 

 If necessary contact a security agency prior to mobilization to p Workers will be aware of uneven ground surfaces and site terra

Overhead Hazards  Wear ANSI approved hard hat. 

 Ensure toe-boards are installed on overhead work platforms.  Maintain minimum distance of 10-feet from overhead utilities. T

voltage of the power lines increase. 

 All ground personnel will stay clear of all suspended loads. 

Heat Stress  Wear appropriate clothing. 

 Have cool drinks/electrolytes available and take small drinks fre Take regular breaks in shaded, cool areas and monitor temper

Monitoring Program. 

 Use Buddy System and report signs of heat stress to Superviso

These safety/health hazards are applicable to the mobilizing of equipment and materials to the project site. 

Severe Weather  Shut down operations during severe electrical storms, heavy ra

cover. 

 Train personnel on Emergencies Response.  Monitor weather systems. 
ENVIRONET, INC

ACTIVITY HAZARD ANALYSIS: LONG-TERM MONITORING AT RED HILL BULK FUEL STORAGE FACILITY, RED HILL HALA

HAWAI‘I

Page 2 of 4 

Activity/Phase of Work: Mobilization Analysis Performed by: Stacey Fineran 

Date: September, 2010 Analysis Approved by: 

Colette Sakoda 

Biological Hazards (poisonous plants, ticks, wild pigs, insect stings / bites) 

 Practice personal awareness; do not place hands / feet in areas that 

inspected. 

 Avoid areas of tall grass/brush.  Wash hands/face with soap and water prior to breaks and lunch and  Properly dispose of unwanted food items.  Avoid contact with wildlife. Insects Identify infested areas and report them to the Site Supervisor.  Use insect repellant.  Identify workers who are allergic or capable of allergic reactions to b Evaluate need for sensitive workers to have prescribed antibiotic or 

symptoms. 

Fire Hazards  Have fire extinguishers readily available at all sites. 

 No smoking in work zone/fueling areas.  No smoking/ open flame in refueling areas.  Train personnel on use of fire extinguishers.  Refuel equipment, which has cooled to ambient temperature with mo Store fuel/ in labeled safety cans away from heat sources.  Store all flammables in approved cabinet.  Complete a hot work permit and post the permit for all site personne Properly store and label compressed gas cylinders.  Fuel tanks and equipment will be grounded and bonded during fuelin

Noise  Wear hearing protective devices (Ear muffs/plugs) inside the work zo

noise producing equipment, or when directed by ECC SSHO in resp

 Ensure adequate maintenance on equipment. 

These safety/health hazards are applicable to the mobilizing of equipment and materials to the project site. 

Manual Lifting/Backs  Train/Utilize correct lift techniques. 

 Stretch before start of work. Personnel will not lift more than 50 lb.  Use Buddy System.  Use mechanical lifting procedures whenever possible. 
ENVIRONET, INC

ACTIVITY HAZARD ANALYSIS: LONG-TERM MONITORING AT RED HILL BULK FUEL STORAGE FACILITY, RED HILL H

HAWAI‘I

Page 3 of 4 

Activity/Phase of Work: Mobilization Analysis Performed by: Stacey Fineran 

Date: September, 2010 Analysis Approved by: 

Colette Sakoda 

Spills  Review of all Material Safety Data Sheets related to the materi

 Personnel will be trained in emergency spill response procedur Locate spill kit in the secondary storage area and train on prop Personnel will be instructed as to proper fueling techniques.  Fuel nozzle and hose will be secured in holder after use.  Fuel caps will be secured after fueling operations.  Fuel tanks and equipment will be grounded and bonded during  Ensure proper fuel/oil storage. 

Struck By/Against Vehicles Heavy Equipment 

 Set up temporary parking locations outside the immediate work  Maintain radio/verbal communication.  Make eye contact with operators and indicate your movements 

approaching trucks. 

 Equipment will not be approached on blind sides.  Personnel will understand and review hand signals.  All machines will be equipped with backup alarms and lighting.  Obey all posted speed limits.  Properly maintain/inspect equipment. 

Flying Objects/Debris  All personnel are required to wear safety glasses meeting ANS

 A portable eye wash station will be located by the work zone.  Monitor weather patterns. 

These safety/health hazards are applicable to the mobilizing of equipment and materials to the project site. 

Tool Safety  Cut resistant work gloves will be worn. 

 Use caution when working with hand, power and pneumatic too Maintain proper distance between body, equipment and other p Inspect before use and remove defective tools.  Ensure all guards and safety devices are in place.  Only qualified, trained personnel shall use. 
ENVIRONET, INC

ACTIVITY HAZARD ANALYSIS: LONG-TERM MONITORING AT RED HILL BULK FUEL STORAGE FACILITY, RED HILL HALA

HAWAI‘I

Page 4 of 4 

Activity/Phase of Work: Mobilization Analysis Performed by: Stacey Fineran 

Date: September, 2010 Analysis Approved by: 

Colette Sakoda 

EQUIPMENT TO BE USED INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS TRAINING REQUIREMENTS 

 PPE – OSHA Level D 

ensemble  Non-slip shoes or boots 

(ANSI approved steeltoed if appropriate for site conditions) 

 Long pants  High-visibility reflective 

safety vest (if encounter traffic area) 

 ANSI approved hardhat  ANSI approved safety 

glasses 

 Gloves  Sleeved work shirt 

 Insect repellant  Sun block  First aid kit  Fire extinguisher  Flashlight 

 Conduct daily site safety 

inspection to identify and eliminate hazards. 

 Inspect all tools before use.  Inspect fall protection daily.  Inspect all Equipment daily.  Rigging/Lifting straps daily. 

 All field personnel will have Site Safety and Health Plan /Activity 

Hazard Communication training and Daily Tailgate Safety MeetCertifications, HAZWOPER Certifications, Fall Protection/ trainintraining, Fire Safety training, Emergency Response Training, FiResuscitation. 
ENVIRONET, INC

ACTIVITY HAZARD ANALYSIS: LONG-TERM MONITORING AT RED HILL BULK FUEL STORAGE FACILITY, RED HILL H

HAWAI‘I

Page 1 of 4 

Activity/Phase of Work: Groundwater Monitoring, Soil Vapor monitoring, and Fuel Product Monitoring Analysis Performed by: Stacey Fineran 

Date: September, 2010 Analysis Approved by: 

Colette Sakoda 

TASK DESCRIPTION 

 Groundwater samples will be collected for laboratory analyses from a total of 7 monitoring wells, 5 inside RHSF and 2 outside RH

collected at a low flow rate using dedicated bladder pumps, which will be operated by compressed air. The five wells inside RHSF a

PRINCIPAL STEPS POTENTIAL SAFETY / HEALTH HAZARDS RECOMMENDED CONTROLS 

Slip, Trip, Fall / Personal Injury  Evaluate site area for potential hazards or obstructions. 

 Review (or participate in a review of) potential hazards before e Use 911 for emergencies. If on military base, note where emer

acquire emergency phone number at gate. 

 If necessary contact a security agency prior to mobilization to p Workers will be aware of uneven ground surfaces and site terra Keep open communication with security or other employees wh

of excess time and effort to remove injured person(s) from tunn



Heat Stress  Wear appropriate clothing. 

 Have drinks / electrolytes available; intake liquids frequently.  Take regular breaks in shaded areas and monitor temperature 

Monitoring Program. 

 Use Buddy System and report signs of heat stress to Superviso

Severe Weather  Terminate site walk during severe electrical storms, heavy rain

 Evacuate site and seek shelter.  Train personnel on emergency response evacuation procedure Monitor weather systems. 

Walking on-site 

Overhead Hazards  Wear ANSI approved hard hat. 

 Ensure toe-boards are installed on overhead work platforms.  Maintain minimum distance of 10-feet from overhead utilities. T

voltage of the power lines increase. 

 All ground personnel will stay clear of all suspended loads. 
ENVIRONET, INC

ACTIVITY HAZARD ANALYSIS: LONG-TERM MONITORING AT RED HILL BULK FUEL STORAGE FACILITY, RED HILL HALA

HAWAI‘I

Page 2 of 4 

Activity/Phase of Work: Groundwater Monitoring, Soil Vapor monitoring, and Fuel Product Monitoring Analysis Performed by: Stacey Fineran 

Date: September, 2010 Analysis Approved by: 

Colette Sakoda 

Manual Lifting  Train/Utilize correct lift techniques. 

 Personnel will not lift more than 50 lb.  Use Buddy System. • Use mechanical lifting procedures whenever p Position equipment as to eliminate over stretching/ergonomic conce

Biological Hazards (Poisonous plants, insect stings / bites) 

 Practice personal awareness; do not place hands / feet in areas that 

inspected. 

 Avoid areas of tall grass/brush.  Wash hands/face with soap and water prior to breaks and lunch and  Properly dispose of unwanted food items.  Avoid contact with wildlife. Insects  Identify infested areas and report them to the Site Supervisor.  Use insect repellant.  Identify workers who are allergic or capable of allergic reactions to b

bites. 

 Evaluate need for sensitive workers to have prescribed antibiotic or 

symptoms. 

Manual Hand Tool Safety  Use, handle, and store all manually operated hand tools and equipm

tools design. Follow instructions on tool and/or package. 

 Inspect tools before use; discard if any are damaged or abused.  Keep hands away from sharp edges and position body securely whi

Opening Monitoring Wells 

Inhalation Hazard  Avoid direct inhalation of COPCs including; VOCs, TPH-DRO, PAHs

 Open well covers slowly.  Work upwind of the monitoring wells.  Work in a well vented area.  Monitoring the worker(s) breathing zone if necessary. 
ENVIRONET, INC

ACTIVITY HAZARD ANALYSIS: LONG-TERM MONITORING AT RED HILL BULK FUEL STORAGE FACILITY, RED HILL H

HAWAI‘I

Page 3 of 4 

Activity/Phase of Work: Groundwater Monitoring, Soil Vapor monitoring, and Fuel Product Monitoring Analysis Performed by: Stacey Fineran 

Date: September, 2010 Analysis Approved by: 

Colette Sakoda 

Fire hazard  Have fire extinguishers readily available at all sites. 

 No smoking in work/fueling areas.  No smoking/ open flame in refueling areas.  Train employees on use of fire extinguishers.  Refuel cooled equipment with motor off.  Store fuel/ in labeled safety cans away from heat sources.  Store all flammables in approved cabinet.  Complete a hot work permit and post the permit for all site pers Properly store and label compressed gas cylinders.  Atmospheric testing for presence of flammable vapors.  Fuel tanks and equipment will be grounded and bonded during 

Chemical Hazards (skin)  Avoid direct contact with water. Chemicals of Potential Concer

VOCs, PAHs, and methane. 

 Use the appropriate PPE (e.g., disposable nitrile gloves, long p

sampling equipment. 

 Remove all disposable PPE after leaving sampling areas and p

for disposal. 

 Handle groundwater as hazardous until evidence becomes ava Face protection shall be comfortable and of proper size to fit th All face protection shall comply with provisions of ANSI standa

Collecting Groundwater Samples 

Eye Hazards  Avoid direct exposure to potential eye hazards. 

 Wear ANSI approved safety glasses at all times.  Utilize face shield/goggles if potential for flying debris/splash ha Carry a flashlight when working inside tunnels to avoid blackou
ENVIRONET, INC

ACTIVITY HAZARD ANALYSIS: LONG-TERM MONITORING AT RED HILL BULK FUEL STORAGE FACILITY, RED HILL HALA

HAWAI‘I

Page 4 of 4 

Activity/Phase of Work: Groundwater Monitoring, Soil Vapor monitoring, and Fuel Product Monitoring Analysis Performed by: Stacey Fineran 

Date: September, 2010 Analysis Approved by: 

Colette Sakoda 

EQUIPMENT TO BE USED INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS TRAINING REQUIREMENTS 

 PPE – OSHA Level D 

ensemble  Non-slip shoes or boots 

(ANSI approved steeltoed if appropriate for site conditions) 

 Long pants  High-visibility reflective 

safety vest (if encounter traffic area) 

 ANSI approved hardhat  ANSI approved safety 

glasses 

 Gloves  Sleeved work shirt 

 Insect repellant  Sun block  First aid kit  Fire extinguisher  Flashlight 

 Ensure soles of shoes or 

boots are appropriate for the terrain 

 Inspect hardhat for cracks or 

stress fractures 

 Inspect drill rig for proper 

working condition 

 All field personnel will have training / certification regarding: 

 Site Safety and Health Plan / Activity Hazard Analysis.  Hazard Communication Training and Daily Tailgate Safety Mee HAZWOPER Certifications (medical, respiratory-as needed).  Safe Tool Use, Fire Safety, Emergency Response.  Signs, symptoms, and treatment of heat stress / First Aid / Card

training. 
ENVIRONET, INC

ACTIVITY HAZARD ANALYSIS: LONG-TERM MONITORING AT RED HILL BULK FUEL STORAGE FACILITY, RED HILL H

HAWAI‘I

Page 1 of 4 

Activity/Phase of Work: Decontaminating Equipment Analysis Performed by: Stacey Fineran 

Date: September, 2010 Analysis Approved by: 

Colette Sakoda 

TASK DESCRIPTION 

Activity/Hazard POTENTIAL SAFETY / HEALTH HAZARDS – RISK RECOMMENDED CONTROLS 

Slip, Trip, Fall / Personal Injury  Be aware of physical hazards - watch for uneven ground, rocks

 Practice good housekeeping.  Use care when walking on surface tarp, especially when wet.  Clean all spills immediately.  Proper PPE to include shoes which allow for good footing.  Keep open communication with security or other employees wh

of excess time and effort to remove injured person(s) from tunn

Overhead Hazards  Wear ANSI approved hard hat. 

 Ensure toe-boards are installed on overhead work platforms.  Maintain minimum distance of 10-feet from overhead utilities. T

voltage of the power lines increase. 

 All ground personnel will stay clear of all suspended loads. 

Manual Lifting/Backs/Ergonomic 

 Train/Utilize correct lift techniques.  Personnel will not lift more than 50 lb.  Use Buddy System. • Use mechanical lifting procedures whene Position equipment as to eliminate over stretching/ergonomic c

These safety/health hazards are generally applicable to the decontamination of equipment. 

Eye Hazards  Avoid direct exposure to potential eye hazards. 

 Wear ANSI approved safety glasses at all times.  Utilize face shield/goggles if potential for flying debris/splash ha Carry a flashlight when working inside tunnels to avoid blackou
ENVIRONET, INC

ACTIVITY HAZARD ANALYSIS: LONG-TERM MONITORING AT RED HILL BULK FUEL STORAGE FACILITY, RED HILL HALA

HAWAI‘I

Page 2 of 4 

Activity/Phase of Work: Decontaminating Equipment Analysis Performed by: Stacey Fineran 

Date: September, 2010 Analysis Approved by: 

Colette Sakoda 

Heat Stress  Wear appropriate clothing. 

 Have cool drinks/electrolytes available and take small drinks frequen Take regular breaks in shaded, cool areas and monitor temperature 

Monitoring Program. 

 Use Buddy System and report signs of heat stress to Supervisor imm

Severe Weather  Shut down operations during severe electrical storms, heavy rain, hi

site/take cover. 

 Train employees on Emergencies Response.  Monitor weather systems. 

Biological Hazards (poisonous plants, ticks, insect stings / bites) 

 Practice personal awareness; Do not place hands/feet in areas that 

inspected; 

 Avoid areas of tall grass/brush;  Use insect repellant  Wash hands/face prior to breaks and lunch and at the end of a shift.  Identify infested areas to the Site Supervisor.  Workers who are allergic or capable of allergic reactions to bee, was

notify their Supervisor(s). 

 Evaluate need for sensitive workers to have prescribed antibiotic or 

symptoms. 

These safety/health hazards are generally applicable to the decontamination of equipment. 

Fire Hazards  Have fire extinguishers readily available at all sites. 

 No smoking in work/fueling areas.  No smoking/ open flame in refueling areas.  Train employees on use of fire extinguishers.  Refuel cooled equipment with motor off.  Store fuel/ in labeled safety cans away from heat sources.  Store all flammables in approved cabinet.  Complete a hot work permit and post the permit for all site personne Properly store and label compressed gas cylinders.  Atmospheric testing for presence of flammable vapors  Fuel tanks and equipment will be grounded and bonded during fuelin
ENVIRONET, INC

ACTIVITY HAZARD ANALYSIS: LONG-TERM MONITORING AT RED HILL BULK FUEL STORAGE FACILITY, RED HILL H

HAWAI‘I

Page 3 of 4 

Activity/Phase of Work: Decontaminating Equipment Analysis Performed by: Stacey Fineran 

Date: September, 2010 Analysis Approved by: 

Colette Sakoda 

Noise  Wear hearing protective devices (ear muffs/plugs) when using 

equipment, or when directed by the SSO in response to noise 

 Ensure adequate maintenance on thermal/heavy equipment. 

Spills  Review of all Material Safety Data Sheets related to the materi

 Personnel will be trained in emergency spill response procedur Locate spill kit in the secondary storage area and train on prop Personnel will be instructed as to proper fueling techniques.  Fuel nozzle and hose will be secured in holder after use.  Fuel caps will be secured after fueling operations.  Fuel tanks and equipment will be grounded and bonded during  Ensure proper fuel/oil storage. 

Struck By/Against Vehicles Heavy Equipment 

 Set up temporary parking locations outside the immediate work  Maintain radio/verbal communication.  Make eye contact with operators and indicate your movements 

approaching trucks. 

 Equipment will not be approached on blind sides.  Personnel will understand and review hand signals.  All machines will be equipped with backup alarms and lighting.  Obey all posted speed limits.  Properly maintain/inspect equipment. 

These safety/health hazards are generally applicable to the decontamination of equipment. 

Chemical Exposure  Conduct air monitoring, upgrade respiratory protection as direc

 Protective clothing/PPE (goggles, face-shields, chemical glove

depending on direct reading (PID)/lab results and materials enc

 Decontaminate equipment away from intrusive activities and up Practice good personal hygiene including hand, face and arm w

smoking or hand-to mouth activities. 

 All MSDSs/Hazard Communication will be reviewed with emplo Proper decontamination procedures shall be followed.  Train employees on potential routes of exposure including inge

through skin (dermal contact, mucous membranes); 

 Avoid skin contact by utilizing described PPE and procedures. 
ENVIRONET, INC

ACTIVITY HAZARD ANALYSIS: LONG-TERM MONITORING AT RED HILL BULK FUEL STORAGE FACILITY, RED HILL HALA

HAWAI‘I

Page 4 of 4 

Activity/Phase of Work: Decontaminating Equipment Analysis Performed by: Stacey Fineran 

Date: September, 2010 Analysis Approved by: 

Colette Sakoda 

EQUIPMENT TO BE USED INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS TRAINING REQUIREMENTS 

 PPE – OSHA Level D 

ensemble  Non-slip shoes or boots 

(ANSI approved steeltoed if appropriate for site conditions) 

 Long pants  High-visibility reflective 

safety vest (if encounter traffic area) 

 ANSI approved hardhat  ANSI approved safety 

glasses 

 Gloves  Sleeved work shirt 

 Insect repellant  Sun block  First aid kit  Fire extinguisher  Flashlight  Radio/Cell Phone/Two way 

 Conduct daily site safety 

inspection to identify and eliminate hazards. 

 Inspect all tools before use.  Inspect fall protection daily.  Inspect Heavy Equipment 

daily. 

 Rigging/Lifting straps daily. 

 All field personnel will have current 40-Hour OSHA training and 

waste field experience; SSHP training; Hazard Communication Daily Tailgate Safety Meetings. In addition, supervisors will havtraining. Forklift training. Equipment Operator Certification, Exca

Emergency Response Training, Project AHAs/SOPs, and First A
Attachment B MSDS

Material Safety Data Sheet 

Diesel Fuel - NRLM 

SECTION 1. PRODUCT AND COMPANY IDENTIFICATION 

Product name : Diesel Fuel - NRLM 

Synonyms : Dakota 50; Diesel Fuel - Non-Road Locomotive and Marine;, 888100005480

MSDS Number : 888100005480 Version : 2.13 

Product Use Description : Fuel

Company : For: Tesoro Refining & Marketing Co.

300 Concord Plaza Drive, San Antonio, TX 78216-6999 

Tesoro Call Center : (877) 783-7676 Chemtrec 

(Emergency Contact) 

: (800) 424-9300

SECTION 2. HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION

Emergency Overview

Regulatory status : This material is considered hazardous by the Occupational Safety and Health 

Administration (OSHA) Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200). 

Signal Word : WARNING 

Hazard Summary : Combustible Liquid 

Toxic 

Potential Health Effects

Inhalation : Vapors or mists from this material can irritate the nose, throat, and lungs, and 

can cause signs and symptoms of central nervous system depression, 

depending on the concentration and duration of exposure. 

Eyes : Eye irritation may result from contact with liquid, mists, and/or vapors. 

Skin : Skin irritation leading to dermatitis may occur upon prolonged or repeated 

contact. Liquid may be absorbed through the skin in toxic amounts if large areas 

of skin are repeatedly exposed. Long-term, repeated skin contact may cause 

skin cancer. 

Ingestion : Harmful or fatal if swallowed. Do NOT induce vomiting. This material can irritate 

the mouth, throat, stomach, and cause nausea, vomiting, diarrhea and 

restlessness. Aspiration hazard if liquid is inhaled into lungs, particularly from 

vomiting after ingestion. Aspiration may result in chemical pneumonia, severe 

lung damage, respiratory failure and even death. 

Specific Hazard

Reactivity

Health

NFPA: Flammability

 0 0 

 2

FLAMMABILITY

PHYSICAL

HEALTH 

2 

0 

1 

HMIS III:

0 = Insignificant, 1 = Slight, 2 = Moderate, 

3 = High, 4 = Extreme
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET Diesel Fuel - NRLM Page 2 of 11 

2 / 11

Target Organs : Kidney, Liver, Central nervous system, Eyes, Skin 

SECTION 3. COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS

Component CAS-No. Weight % 

Fuels, diesel, No 2; Gasoil - unspecified 68476-34-6 100% 

Naphthalene 91-20-3 1 - 5% 

Xylene 1330-20-7 1 - 5% 

Nonane 111-84-2 0.75 - 1% 

1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene 95-63-6 0.75 - 1% 

Sulfur 7704-34-9 500 ppm Maximum 

SECTION 4. FIRST AID MEASURES

Inhalation : Move to fresh air. Give oxygen. If breathing is irregular or stopped, administer 

artificial respiration. Seek medical attention immediately. 

Skin contact : Take off all contaminated clothing immediately. Wash off immediately with soap 

and plenty of water. Wash contaminated clothing before re-use. If skin irritation 

persists, seek medical attention. 

Eye contact : Remove contact lenses. Rinse immediately with plenty of water, also under the 

eyelids, for at least 15 minutes. If eye irritation persists, seek medical attention. 

Ingestion : Do NOT induce vomiting. Ingestion may result in nausea, vomiting, diarrhea and 

restlessness. Aspiration may cause pulmonary edema and pneumonitis. Seek 

medical attention immediately. 

Notes to physician : Symptoms: Dizziness, Discomfort, Headache, Nausea, Disorder, Vomiting, Lung 

edema, Aspiration may cause pulmonary edema and pneumonitis. Liver 

disorders, Kidney disorders. 

SECTION 5. FIRE-FIGHTING MEASURES

Form : Liquid 

Flash point : 38 °C (100 °F)Minimum for #1 NRLM ; 52° Minimum for #2 NRLM 

Lower explosive limit : 0.7 %(V) 

Upper explosive limit : 5 %(V) 

Suitable extinguishing media : Carbon dioxide (CO2), Water spray, Dry chemical, Foam, Keep containers and 

surroundings cool with water spray. 

Specific hazards during fire 

fighting

: Fire Hazard Do not use a solid water stream as it may scatter and spread fire. Cool 

closed containers exposed to fire with water spray. 

Special protective equipment 

for fire-fighters

: Wear self-contained breathing apparatus and protective suit. Use personal 

protective equipment. 
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET Diesel Fuel - NRLM Page 3 of 11 

3 / 11

Further information : Exposure to decomposition products may be a hazard to health. Isolate area 

around container involved in fire. Cool tanks, shells, and containers exposed to fire 

and excessive heat with water. For massive fires the use of unmanned hose 

holders or monitor nozzles may be advantageous to further minimize personnel 

exposure. Major fires may require withdrawal, allowing the tank to burn. Large 

storage tank fires typically require specially trained personnel and equipment to 

extinguish the fire, often including the need for properly applied fire fighting foam. 

SECTION 6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES

Personal precautions : Consider wind direction; stay upwind and uphill, if possible. Evacuate nonessential 

personnel and remove or secure all ignition sources. Evaluate the direction of 

product travel, diking, sewers, etc. to contain spill areas. Spills may infiltrate 

subsurface soil and groundwater; professional assistance may be necessary to 

determine the extent of subsurface impact. Ensure adequate ventilation. Use 

personal protective equipment. 

Environmental precautions : Carefully contain and stop the source of the spill, if safe to do so. Do not flush 

down sewer or drainage systems, unless system is designed and permitted to 

handle such material. The use of fire fighting foam may be useful in certain 

situations to reduce vapors. The proper use of water spray may effectively 

disperse product vapors or the liquid itself, preventing contact with ignition sources 

or areas/equipment that require protection. Discharge into the environment must 

be avoided. If the product contaminates rivers and lakes or drains inform 

respective authorities. 

Methods for cleaning up : Take up with sand or oil absorbing materials. Carefully shovel, scoop or sweep up 

into a waste container for reclamation or disposal - caution, flammable vapors may 

accumulate in closed containers. Response and clean-up crews must be properly 

trained and must utilize proper protective equipment (see Section 8). 

CERCLA Hazardous substances and corresponding RQs : 

Naphthalene 91-20-3 100 lbs 

Xylene 1330-20-7 100 lbs 

Nonane 111-84-2 100 lbs 

SECTION 7. HANDLING AND STORAGE 

Handling : Keep away from fire, sparks and heated surfaces. No smoking near areas where 

material is stored or handled. The product should only be stored and handled in 

areas with intrinsically safe electrical classification. 

Advice on protection against 

fire and explosion

: Hydrocarbon liquids including this product can act as a non-conductive flammable 

liquid (or static accumulators), and may form ignitable vapor-air mixtures in storage 

tanks or other containers. Precautions to prevent static-initated fire or explosion 

during transfer, storage or handling, include but are not limited to these examples: 

(1) Ground and bond containers during product transfers. Grounding and 

bonding may not be adequate protection to prevent ignition or explosion of 

hydrocarbon liquids and vapors that are static accumulators. 

(2) Special slow load procedures for "switch loading" must be followed to 

avoid the static ignition hazard that can exist when higher flash point 

material (such as fuel oil or diesel) is loaded into tanks previously 

containing low flash point products (such gasoline or naphtha). 

(3) Storage tank level floats must be effectively bonded. 
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET Diesel Fuel - NRLM Page 4 of 11 

4 / 11

For more information on precautions to prevent static-initated fire or explosion, see 

NFPA 77, Recommended Practice on Static Electricity (2007), and API 

Recommended Practice 2003, Protection Against Ignitions Arising Out of Static, 

Lightning, and Stray Currents (2008). 

Dust explosion class : Not applicable 

Requirements for storage 

areas and containers

: Keep away from flame, sparks, excessive temperatures and open flame. Use 

approved containers. Keep containers closed and clearly labeled. Empty or 

partially full product containers or vessels may contain explosive vapors. Do not 

pressurize, cut, heat, weld or expose containers to sources of ignition. Store in a 

well-ventilated area. The storage area should comply with NFPA 30 "Flammable 

and Combustible Liquid Code". The cleaning of tanks previously containing this 

product should follow API Recommended Practice (RP) 2013 "Cleaning Mobile 

Tanks In Flammable and Combustible Liquid Service" and API RP 2015 "Cleaning 

Petroleum Storage Tanks". 

Advice on common storage : Keep away from food, drink and animal feed. Incompatible with oxidizing agents. 

Incompatible with acids. 

Other data : No decomposition if stored and applied as directed.

SECTION 8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS / PERSONAL PROTECTION

Exposure Guidelines

List Components CAS-No. Type: Value 

OSHA Z1 Naphthalene 91-20-3 PEL 10 ppm 50 mg/m3 

 Xylene 1330-20-7 PEL 100 ppm 435 mg/m3 

ACGIH Diesel Fuel 68476-30-2 TWA 100 mg/m3 

ACGIH Naphthalene 91-20-3 TWA 10 ppm 

 91-20-3 STEL 15 ppm 

 Xylene 1330-20-7 TWA 100 ppm 

 1330-20-7 STEL 150 ppm 

 Nonane 111-84-2 TWA 200 ppm 

Engineering measures : Use only intrinsically safe electrical equipment approved for use in classified areas. 

Eye protection : Safety glasses with side-shields reference to 29 CFR 1910.133 

Hand protection : Gloves constructed of nitrile, neoprene, or PVC are recommended. Consult 

manufacturer specifications for further information. 

Skin and body protection : If needed to prevent skin contact, chemical protective clothing such as of DuPont 

TyChem®, Saranex or equivalent recommended based on degree of exposure. 

The resistance of specific material may vary from product to product as well as 

with degree of exposure. 
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET Diesel Fuel - NRLM Page 5 of 11 

5 / 11

Respiratory protection : A NIOSH/ MSHA-approved air-purifying respirator with organic vapor cartridges or 

canister may be permissible under certain circumstances where airborne 

concentrations are or may be expected to exceed exposure limits or for odor or 

irritation. Protection provided by air-purifying respirators is limited. Refer to OSHA 

29 CFR 1910.134, ANSI Z88.2-1992, NIOSH Respirator Decision Logic, and the 

manufacturer for additional guidance on respiratory protection selection. 

NIOSH/MSHA approved positive-pressure self-contained breathing apparatus 

(SCBA) or Type C positive-pressure supplied air with escape bottle must be used 

for gas concentrations above occupational exposure limits, for potential of 

uncontrolled release, if exposure levels are not known, or in an oxygen-deficient 

atmosphere. 

Work / Hygiene practices : Emergency eye wash capability should be available in the near proximity to 

operations presenting a potential splash exposure. Use good personal hygiene 

practices. Avoid repeated and/or prolonged skin exposure. Wash hands before 

eating, drinking, smoking, or using toilet facilities. Do not use as a cleaning solvent 

on the skin. Do not use solvents or harsh abrasive skin cleaners for washing this 

product from exposed skin areas. Waterless hand cleaners are effective. 

Promptly remove contaminated clothing and launder before reuse. Use care when 

laundering to prevent the formation of flammable vapors which could ignite via 

washer or dryer. Consider the need to discard contaminated leather shoes and 

gloves. 

SECTION 9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES

Form : Liquid 

Appearance : Clear, straw colored to red if dye added. 

Odor : Characteristic petroleum (kerosene) odor 

Flash point : 38 °C (100 °F)Minimum for #1 NRLM ; 52° Minimum for #2 NRLM 

Thermal decomposition : No decomposition if stored and applied as directed.

Lower explosive limit : 0.7 %(V) 

Upper explosive limit : 5 %(V) 

Freezing point : Not applicable 

Boiling point : 160 °C(320 °F) 

Vapor Pressure : < 2 mm Hg at 20 °C 

Relative Vapor Density : 5.7 (Air = 1.0) 

Water solubility : Negligible 

Percent Volatiles : 100 % 

Conductivity 

(conductivity can be reduced 

by environmental factors such 

as a decrease in temperature 

 Diesel Fuel Oils at terminal load rack: At least 25 pS/m 

Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) without conductivity additive: 0 pS/m to 5 pS/m 

ULSD at terminal load rack with conductivity additive: At least 50 pS/m but 

conductivity may decrease from environmental factors such as temperature drop. 

JP-8 at terminal load rack: 150 pS/m to 600 pS/m 

SECTION 10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET Diesel Fuel - NRLM Page 6 of 11 

6 / 11

Conditions to avoid : Avoid high temperatures, open flames, sparks, welding, smoking and other 

ignition sources. Keep away from strong oxidizers. Viton ® ; Fluorel ® 

Materials to avoid : Strong oxidizing agents Peroxides 

Hazardous decomposition 

products

: Carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide and noncombusted hydrocarbons (smoke). 

Diesel exhaust particulates may be a lung hazard - see Section 11. 

Thermal decomposition : No decomposition if stored and applied as directed. No decomposition if used as 

directed. 

Hazardous reactions : Keep away from oxidizing agents, and acidic or alkaline products. 

SECTION 11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION

Carcinogenicity

NTP : Naphthalene (CAS-No.: 91-20-3)

IARC : Naphthalene (CAS-No.: 91-20-3)

OSHA : No component of this product which is present at levels greater than or equal to 0.1 

% is identified as a carcinogen or potential carcinogen by OSHA.

CA Prop 65 : WARNING! This product contains a chemical known to the State of California to 

cause cancer. 

Naphthalene (CAS-No.: 91-20-3)

Skin irritation : Irritating to skin. 

Eye irritation : Irritating to eyes. 

Further information : Studies have shown that similar products produce skin cancer or skin tumors in 

laboratory animals following repeated applications without washing or removal. The 

significance of this finding to human exposure has not been determined. Other 

studies with active skin carcinogens have shown that washing the animal's skin with 

soap and water between applications reduced tumor formation. 

Positive mutagenicity results have been reported. 

Repeated over-exposure may cause liver and kidney injury 

IARC classifies whole diesel fuel exhaust particulates as probably carcinogenic to 

humans (Group 2A). NIOSH regards whole diesel fuel exhaust particulates as a 

potential cause of occupational lung cancer based on animal studies and limited 

evidence in humans. 

Component:

Fuels, diesel, No 2; Gasoil - 

unspecified

68476-34-6 Acute oral toxicity: LD50 rat 

Dose: 5,001 mg/kg 

Acute dermal toxicity: LD50 rabbit 

Dose: 2,001 mg/kg 

Acute inhalation toxicity: LC50 rat 

Dose: 7.64 mg/l 

Exposure time: 4 h 

Skin irritation: Classification: Irritating to skin. 

Result: Severe skin irritation 

Eye irritation: Classification: Irritating to eyes. 

Result: Mild eye irritation

Naphthalene 91-20-3 Acute oral toxicity: LD50 rat 
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET Diesel Fuel - NRLM Page 7 of 11 

7 / 11

Dose: 2,001 mg/kg 

Acute dermal toxicity: LD50 rat 

Dose: 2,501 mg/kg 

Acute inhalation toxicity: LC50 rat 

Dose: 101 mg/l 

Exposure time: 4 h 

Skin irritation: Classification: Irritating to skin. 

Result: Mild skin irritation 

Eye irritation: Classification: Irritating to eyes. 

Result: Mild eye irritation 

Carcinogenicity: N11.00422130

Xylene 1330-20-7 Acute oral toxicity: LD50 rat 

Dose: 2,840 mg/kg 

Acute dermal toxicity: LD50 rabbit 

Dose: ca. 4,500 mg/kg 

Acute inhalation toxicity: LC50 rat 

Dose: 6,350 mg/l 

Exposure time: 4 h 

Skin irritation: Classification: Irritating to skin. 

Result: Mild skin irritation 

Repeated or prolonged exposure may cause skin irritation and dermatitis, due to 

degreasing properties of the product. 

Eye irritation: Classification: Irritating to eyes. 

Result: Mild eye irritation

Nonane 111-84-2 Acute oral toxicity: LD50 mouse 

Dose: 218 mg/kg 

Acute inhalation toxicity: LC50 rat 

Exposure time: 4 h

1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene 95-63-6 Acute inhalation toxicity: LC50 rat 

Dose: 18 mg/l 

Exposure time: 4 h 

Skin irritation: Classification: Irritating to skin. 

Result: Skin irritation 

Eye irritation: Classification: Irritating to eyes. 

Result: Eye irritation

Sulfur 7704-34-9 Acute oral toxicity: LD50 rat 

Dose: 5,001 mg/kg 

Acute dermal toxicity: LD50 rabbit 

Dose: 2,001 mg/kg 

Acute inhalation toxicity: LC50 rat 

Dose: 9.24 mg/l 

Exposure time: 4 h 

Eye irritation: Classification: Irritating to eyes. 

Result: Mild eye irritation

SECTION 12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION

Biochemical Oxygen 

Demand (BOD)

: No data available 
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET Diesel Fuel - NRLM Page 8 of 11 

8 / 11

Chemical Oxygen Demand 

(COD)

: No data available 

Adsorbed organic bound 

halogens (AOX)

: Not included 

Additional ecological 

information

: Keep out of sewers, drainage areas, and waterways. Report spills and releases, as 

applicable, under Federal and State regulations. 

Component:

Naphthalene 91-20-3 Toxicity to algae: 

EC50

Species: 

Dose: 33 mg/l 

Exposure time: 24 h 

1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene 95-63-6 Toxicity to fish:

LC50

Species: Pimephales promelas (fathead minnow) 

Dose: 7.72 mg/l 

Exposure time: 96 h 

Acute and prolonged toxicity for aquatic invertebrates: 

EC50

Species: Daphnia 

Dose: 3.6 mg/l 

Exposure time: 48 h

Sulfur 7704-34-9 Acute and prolonged toxicity for aquatic invertebrates: 

EC0

Species: Daphnia magna (Water flea) 

Dose: > 10,000 mg/l 

Exposure time: 24 h 

SECTION 13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS

Disposal : Consult federal, state and local waste regulations to determine appropriate waste 

characterization of material and allowable disposal methods.

SECTION 14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION

CFR 

Proper shipping name : DIESEL FUEL

UN-No. : 1202 (NA 1993) 

Class : 3

Packing group : III

TDG 

Proper shipping name : DIESEL FUEL

UN-No. : UN1202 (NA 1993) 

Class : 3

Packing group : III

IATA Cargo Transport 

UN UN-No. : UN1202 (NA 1993) 

 Description of the goods : DIESEL FUEL

 Class : 3 

 Packaging group : III 
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET Diesel Fuel - NRLM Page 9 of 11 

9 / 11

 ICAO-Labels : 3 

 Packing instruction (cargo 

aircraft) 

: 310 

 Packing instruction (cargo 

aircraft) 

: Y309 

IATA Passenger Transport 

UN UN-No. : UN1202 (NA 1993) 

 Description of the goods : DIESEL FUEL

 Class : 3 

 Packaging group : III 

 ICAO-Labels : 3 

 Packing instruction 

(passenger aircraft) 

: 309 

 Packing instruction 

(passenger aircraft) 

: Y309 

IMDG-Code 

UN-No. : UN 1202 (NA 1993) 

 Description of the goods : DIESEL FUEL 

 Class : 3 

Packaging group : III 

 IMDG-Labels : 3 

EmS Number : F-E S-E 

Marine pollutant : No 

SECTION 15. REGULATORY INFORMATION

OSHA Hazards : Combustible Liquid 

Toxic by ingestion 

Severe skin irritant 

Moderate eye irritant 

Possible Cancer Hazard

TSCA Status : On TSCA Inventory 

DSL Status : All components of this product are on the Canadian DSL list. 

SARA 311/312 Hazards : Fire Hazard 

Acute Health Hazard 

Chronic Health Hazard 

SARA III US. EPA Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-Know Act (EPCRA) SARA Title III Section 313 Toxic 

Chemicals (40 CFR 372.65) - Supplier Notification Required 

Components CAS-No.

Naphthalene 91-20-3 

Xylene 1330-20-7 

1,2,4-trimethylbenzene 95-63-6 

PENN RTK US. Pennsylvania Worker and Community Right-to-Know Law (34 Pa. Code Chap. 301-323) 

Components CAS-No.

Sulfur 7704-34-9 
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET Diesel Fuel - NRLM Page 10 of 11 

10 / 11

1,2,4-trimethylbenzene 95-63-6 

Nonane 111-84-2 

Xylene 1330-20-7 

Naphthalene 91-20-3 

Fuels, diesel, No 2; Gasoil - unspecified 68476-34-6 

MASS RTK US. Massachusetts Commonwealth's Right-to-Know Law (Appendix A to 105 Code of Massachusetts Regulations 

Section 670.000) 

Components CAS-No.

Sulfur 7704-34-9 

1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene 95-63-6 

Nonane 111-84-2 

Xylene 1330-20-7 

Naphthalene 91-20-3 

NJ RTK US. New Jersey Worker and Community Right-to-Know Act (New Jersey Statute Annotated Section 34:5A-5) 

Components CAS-No.

Sulfur 7704-34-9 

1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene 95-63-6 

Nonane 111-84-2 

Xylene 1330-20-7 

Naphthalene 91-20-3 

Fuels, diesel, No 2; Gasoil - unspecified 68476-34-6 

California Prop. 65 : WARNING! This product contains a chemical known to the State of California to 

cause cancer. 

 Naphthalene 91-20-3 

SECTION 16. OTHER INFORMATION

Further information

The information provided in this Safety Data Sheet is correct to the best of our knowledge, information and belief at 

the date of its publication. The information given is designed only as guidance for safe handling, use, processing, 

storage, transportation, disposal and release and is not to be considered a warranty or quality specification. The 

information relates only to the specific material designated and may not be valid for such material used in 

combination with any other materials or in any process, unless specified in the text. 

Prepared by : GWU mbH 

Birlenbacher Str. 18 

D-57078 Siegen 

 Germany 

 Telephone: +49-(0)271-88072-0 
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET Diesel Fuel - NRLM Page 11 of 11 

11 / 11

Revision Date : 05/04/2009 

75, 105, 1076 
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET 

Jet Fuel JP-5 MSDS No. 1809

Revision Date: 7/1/2006 Page 1 of 7 

EMERGENCY OVERVIEW 

CAUTION! 

COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID - SLIGHT TO MODERATE IRRITANT 

EFFECTS CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM 

HARMFUL OR FATAL IF SWALLOWED 

Moderate fire hazard. Avoid breathing vapors or mists. May cause dizziness and drowsiness. May cause 

eye irritation and skin irritation (rash). Long-term, repeated exposure may cause skin cancer. 

If ingested, do NOT induce vomiting, as this may cause chemical pneumonia (fluid in the lungs).

1. CHEMICAL PRODUCT and COMPANY INFORMATION 

HOVENSA LLC 

1 Estate Hope 

Christiansted, VI 00820-5652 

EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBER (24 hrs): CHEMTREC (800)424-9300

COMPANY CONTACT (business hours): (340) 692-3000 

SYNONYMS: JP – 5; Military Aviation Jet Fuel JP –5 

See Section 16 for abbreviations and acronyms. 

2. COMPOSITION and INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS 

INGREDIENT NAME (CAS No.) CONCENTRATION PERCENT BY WEIGHT 

Kerosene (8008-20-6) 100 

Naphthalene (91-20-3) Typically 0.04 

A complex combination of hydrocarbons including naphthenes, paraffins, and aromatics. 

3. HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION 

EYES

Contact with eyes may cause mild to moderate irritation. 

SKIN

May cause skin irritation with prolonged or repeated contact. Practically non-toxic if absorbed following 

acute (single) exposure. Liquid may be absorbed through the skin in toxic amounts if large areas of skin 

are repeatedly exposed. 

INGESTION

The major health threat of ingestion occurs from the danger of aspiration (breathing) of liquid drops into 

the lungs, particularly from vomiting. Aspiration may result in chemical pneumonia (fluid in the lungs), 

severe lung damage, respiratory failure and even death. 

Ingestion may cause gastrointestinal disturbances, including irritation, nausea, vomiting and diarrhea, and 

central nervous system (brain) effects similar to alcohol intoxication. In severe cases, tremors, 

convulsions, loss of consciousness, coma, respiratory arrest, and death may occur. 

INHALATION

Excessive exposure may cause irritation to the nose, throat, lungs and respiratory tract. Central nervous 

system (brain) effects may include headache, dizziness, loss of balance and coordination, 

unconsciousness, coma, respiratory failure, and death. 

WARNING: the burning of any hydrocarbon as a fuel in an area without adequate ventilation may result 

in hazardous levels of combustion products, including carbon monoxide, and inadequate oxygen levels, 

which may cause unconsciousness, suffocation, and death. 

NFPA 704 (Section 16)
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET 

Jet Fuel JP-5 MSDS No. 1809

Revision Date: 7/1/2006 Page 2 of 7 

CHRONIC EFFECTS and CARCINOGENICITY

Similar products produced skin cancer and systemic toxicity in laboratory animals following repeated 

applications. The significance of these results to human exposures has not been determined - see 

Section 11 Toxicological Information. 

MEDICAL CONDITIONS AGGRAVATED BY EXPOSURE

Irritation from skin exposure may aggravate existing open wounds, skin disorders, and dermatitis (rash). 

4. FIRST AID MEASURES 

EYES

In case of contact with eyes, immediately flush with clean, low-pressure water for at least 15 min. Hold 

eyelids open to ensure adequate flushing. Seek medical attention. 

SKIN

Remove contaminated clothing. Wash contaminated areas thoroughly with soap and water or waterless 

hand cleanser. Obtain medical attention if irritation or redness develops. Thermal burns require 

immediate medical attention depending on the severity and the area of the body burned. 

INGESTION

DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. Do not give liquids. Obtain immediate medical attention. If spontaneous 

vomiting occurs, lean victim forward to reduce the risk of aspiration. Monitor for breathing difficulties. 

Small amounts of material which enter the mouth should be rinsed out until the taste is dissipated. 

INHALATION

Remove person to fresh air. If person is not breathing provide artificial respiration. If necessary, provide 

additional oxygen once breathing is restored if trained to do so. Seek medical attention immediately. 

5. FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES 

FLAMMABLE PROPERTIES:

FLASH POINT: > 140 o

F (60 oC) TCC 

AUTOIGNITION POINT: 475 oF (246 oC) 

OSHA/NFPA FLAMMABILITY CLASS: IIIA (COMBUSTIBLE) 

LOWER EXPLOSIVE LIMIT (%): 0.7 

UPPER EXPLOSIVE LIMIT (%): 5.0 

FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS

Vapors may be ignited rapidly when exposed to heat, spark, open flame or other source of ignition. 

When mixed with air and exposed to an ignition source, flammable vapors can burn in the open or 

explode in confined spaces. Being heavier than air, vapors may travel long distances to an ignition source 

and flash back. Runoff to sewer may cause fire or explosion hazard. 

EXTINGUISHING MEDIA

SMALL FIRES: Any extinguisher suitable for Class B fires, dry chemical, CO2, water spray, fire fighting 

foam, or Halon. 

LARGE FIRES: Water spray, fog or fire fighting foam. Water may be ineffective for fighting the fire, but 

may be used to cool fire-exposed containers. 

FIRE FIGHTING INSTRUCTIONS

Small fires in the incipient (beginning) stage may typically be extinguished using handheld portable fire 

extinguishers and other fire fighting equipment. 

Firefighting activities that may result in potential exposure to high heat, smoke or toxic by-products of 

combustion should require NIOSH/MSHA- approved pressure-demand self-contained breathing 

apparatus with full facepiece and full protective clothing. 

Isolate area around container involved in fire. Cool tanks, shells, and containers exposed to fire and 

excessive heat with water. For massive fires the use of unmanned hose holders or monitor nozzles may 
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET 

Jet Fuel JP-5 MSDS No. 1809

Revision Date: 7/1/2006 Page 3 of 7 

be advantageous to further minimize personnel exposure. Major fires may require withdrawal, allowing 

the tank to burn. Large storage tank fires typically require specially trained personnel and equipment to 

extinguish the fire, often including the need for properly applied fire fighting foam. 

See Section 16 for the NFPA 704 Hazard Rating. 

6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES 

ACTIVATE FACILITY’S SPILL CONTINGENCY OR EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN. 

Evacuate nonessential personnel and remove or secure all ignition sources. Consider wind direction; stay 

upwind and uphill, if possible. Evaluate the direction of product travel, diking, sewers, etc. to confirm spill 

areas. Spills may infiltrate subsurface soil and groundwater; professional assistance may be necessary 

to determine the extent of subsurface impact. 

Carefully contain and stop the source of the spill, if safe to do so. Protect bodies of water by diking, 

absorbents, or absorbent boom, if possible. Do not flush down sewer or drainage systems, unless 

system is designed and permitted to handle such material. The use of fire fighting foam may be useful in 

certain situations to reduce vapors. The proper use of water spray may effectively disperse product 

vapors or the liquid itself, preventing contact with ignition sources or areas/equipment that require 

protection. 

Take up with sand or other oil absorbing materials. Carefully shovel, scoop or sweep up into a waste 

container for reclamation or disposal - caution, flammable vapors may accumulate in closed containers. 

Response and clean-up crews must be properly trained and must utilize proper protective equipment 

(see Section 8). 

7. HANDLING and STORAGE 

HANDLING PRECAUTIONS

Handle as a combustible liquid. Keep away from heat, sparks, and open flame! Electrical equipment 

should be approved for classified area. Bond and ground containers during product transfer to reduce the 

possibility of static-initiated fire or explosion. 

Special slow load procedures for "switch loading" must be followed to avoid the static ignition hazard that 

can exist when higher flash point material (such as fuel oil) is loaded into tanks previously containing low 

flash point products (such as this product) - see API Publication 2003, "Protection Against Ignitions 

Arising Out Of Static, Lightning and Stray Currents. 

STORAGE PRECAUTIONS

Keep away from flame, sparks, excessive temperatures and open flame. Use approved vented 

containers. Keep containers closed and clearly labeled. Empty product containers or vessels may contain 

explosive vapors. Do not pressurize, cut, heat, weld or expose such containers to sources of ignition. 

Store in a well-ventilated area. This storage area should comply with NFPA 30 "Flammable and 

Combustible Liquid Code". Avoid storage near incompatible materials. The cleaning of tanks previously 

containing this product should follow API Recommended Practice (RP) 2013 "Cleaning Mobile Tanks In 

Flammable and Combustible Liquid Service" and API RP 2015 "Cleaning Petroleum Storage Tanks". 

WORK/HYGIENIC PRACTICES

Emergency eye wash capability should be available in the near proximity to operations presenting a 

potential splash exposure. Use good personal hygiene practices. Avoid repeated and/or prolonged skin 

exposure. Wash hands before eating, drinking, smoking, or using toilet facilities. Do not use as a 

cleaning solvent on the skin. Do not use gasoline or solvents (naphtha, kerosene, etc.) for washing this 

product from exposed skin areas. Waterless hand cleaners are effective. Promptly remove 

contaminated clothing and launder before reuse. Use care when laundering to prevent the formation of 

flammable vapors which could ignite via washer or dryer. Consider the need to discard contaminated 

leather shoes and gloves. 
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET 

Jet Fuel JP-5 MSDS No. 1809

Revision Date: 7/1/2006 Page 4 of 7 

8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS and PERSONAL PROTECTION 

EXPOSURE LIMITS

 Exposure Limits

Components (CAS No.) Source TWA/STEL Note 

Kerosene (8008-20-6) OSHA 

ACGIH 

5 mg/m3

 as mineral oil mist

100 mg/m3 TWA A3 

Naphthalene (91-20-3) OSHA 

ACGIH 

10 ppm 

10 ppm TWA/ 15 ppm STEL A4 

ENGINEERING CONTROLS

Use adequate ventilation to keep vapor concentrations of this product below occupational exposure and 

flammability limits, particularly in confined spaces. 

EYE/FACE PROTECTION

Safety glasses or goggles are recommended where there is a possibility of splashing or spraying 

SKIN PROTECTION

Gloves constructed of nitrile, neoprene, or PVC are recommended. Chemical protective clothing such as 

of E.I. DuPont Tyvek QC®, Saranex®, TyChem® or equivalent recommended based on degree of 

exposure. Note: The resistance of specific material may vary from product to product as well as with 

degree of exposure. Consult manufacturer specifications for further information 

RESPIRATORY PROTECTION

A NIOSH/MSHA-approved air-purifying respirator with organic vapor cartridges or canister may be 

permissible under certain circumstances where airborne concentrations are or may be expected to 

exceed exposure limits or for odor or irritation. Protection provided by air-purifying respirators is limited. 

Refer to OSHA 29 CFR 1910.134, ANSI Z88.2-1992, NIOSH Respirator Decision Logic, and the 

manufacturer for additional guidance on respiratory protection selection. 

Use a positive pressure, air-supplied respirator if there is a potential for uncontrolled release, exposure 

levels are not known, in oxygen-deficient atmospheres, or any other circumstance where an air-purifying 

respirator may not provide adequate protection. 

WORK/HYGIENIC PRACTICES

Emergency eye wash capability should be available in the near proximity to operations presenting a 

potential splash exposure. Use good personal hygiene practices. Avoid repeated and/or prolonged skin 

exposure. Wash hands before eating, drinking, smoking, or using toilet facilities. Do not use as a 

cleaning solvent on the skin. Do not use gasoline or solvents (naphtha, kerosene, etc.) for washing this 

product from exposed skin areas. Waterless hand cleaners are effective. Promptly remove 

contaminated clothing and launder before reuse. Use care when laundering to prevent the formation of 

flammable vapors which could ignite via washer or dryer. Consider the need to discard contaminated 

leather shoes and gloves. 

9. PHYSICAL and CHEMICAL PROPERTIES 

APPEARANCE

Pale yellow to water-white liquid 

ODOR

Characteristic petroleum distillate odor 
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET 

Jet Fuel JP-5 MSDS No. 1809

Revision Date: 7/1/2006 Page 5 of 7 

BASIC PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

BOILING RANGE: 0.029 psia @ 100 oF (38 oC) 

VAPOR DENSITY (air = 1): AP 4.5 

SPECIFIC GRAVITY (H2O = 1): AP 0.80 

PERCENT VOLATILES:100 % 

EVAPORATION RATE: Slow; varies with conditions 

SOLUBILITY (H2O): Negligible 

10. STABILITY and REACTIVITY 

STABILITY: Stable. Hazardous polymerization will not occur. 

CONDITIONS TO AVOID and INCOMPATIBLE MATERIALS

Avoid high temperatures, open flames, sparks, welding, smoking and other ignition sources. Keep away 

from strong oxidizers such as nitric and sulfuric acids. 

HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS: 

Carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide and non-combusted hydrocarbons (smoke). 

11. TOXICOLOGICAL PROPERTIES 

CHRONIC EFFECTS AND CARCINOGENICITY

Carcinogenicity: OSHA: NO IARC: NO NTP: NO ACGIH: 1997 NOIC: A3 

Dermal carcinogenicity: positive (mice) 

ACUTE TOXICITY

Acute dermal LD50 (rabbits): > 5 g/kg Acute oral LD50 (rats): > 25 g/kg 

Primary dermal irritation: mildly irritating (rabbits) Primary eye irritation: mildly irritating (rabbits) 

Guinea pig sensitization: negative 

Studies have shown that similar products produce skin cancer or skin tumors in laboratory animals 

following repeated applications without washing or removal. The significance of this finding to human 

exposure has not been determined. Other studies with active skin carcinogens have shown that washing 

the animal’s skin with soap and water between applications reduced tumor formation.

12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION 

Keep out of sewers, drainage and waterways. Report spills and releases, as applicable, under Federal 

and State regulations. 

13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS 

Consult federal, state and local waste regulations to determine appropriate disposal options. 

14. TRANSPORTATION INFORMATION 

 

DOT PROPER SHIPPING NAME: Fuel, Aviation, Turbine 

Engine 

DOT HAZARD CLASS and PACKING GROUP: 3, PG II 

DOT IDENTIFICATION NUMBER: UN 1863 

DOT SHIPPING LABEL: FLAMMABLE LIQUID 

PLACARD: 

May be reclassified for transportation as a COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID under conditions of DOT 49 CFR 

173.120(b)(2). 

 
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET 

Jet Fuel JP-5 MSDS No. 1809

Revision Date: 7/1/2006 Page 6 of 7 

15. REGULATORY INFORMATION 

U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, and LOCAL REGULATORY INFORMATION

This product and its constituents listed herein are on the EPA TSCA Inventory. Any spill or uncontrolled 

release of this product, including any substantial threat of release, may be subject to federal, state and/or 

local reporting requirements. This product and/or its constituents may also be subject to other regulations 

at the state and/or local level. Consult those regulations applicable to your facility/operation. 

CLEAN WATER ACT (OIL SPILLS)

Any spill or release of this product to "navigable waters" (essentially any surface water, including certain 

wetlands) or adjoining shorelines sufficient to cause a visible sheen or deposit of a sludge or emulsion 

must be reported immediately to the National Response Center (1-800-424-8802) or, if not practical, the 

U.S. Coast Guard with follow-up to the National Response Center, as required by U.S. Federal Law. Also 

contact appropriate state and local regulatory agencies as required. 

CERCLA SECTION 103 and SARA SECTION 304 (RELEASE TO THE ENVIRONMENT)

The CERCLA definition of hazardous substances contains a “petroleum exclusion” clause which exempts 

crude oil, refined, and unrefined petroleum products and any indigenous components of such. However, 

other federal reporting requirements (e.g., SARA Section 304 as well as the Clean Water Act if the spill 

occurs on navigable waters) may still apply. 

SARA SECTION 311/312 - HAZARD CLASSES

ACUTE HEALTH CHRONIC HEALTH FIRE SUDDEN RELEASE OF PRESSURE REACTIVE

X X X -- -- 

SARA SECTION 313 - SUPPLIER NOTIFICATION

This product may contain listed chemicals below the de minimis levels which therefore are not subject to 

the supplier notification requirements of Section 313 of the Emergency Planning and Community RightTo-Know Act (EPCRA) of 1986 and of 40 CFR 372. If you may be required to report releases of 

chemicals listed in 40 CFR 372.28, you may contact Hess Corporate Safety if you require additional 

information regarding this product. 

CANADIAN REGULATORY INFORMATION (WHMIS)

Class B, Division 3 (Combustible Liquid) Class D, Division 2, Subdivision B (Toxic by other means) 

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITON 65 LIST OF CHEMICALS 

This product contains the following chemicals that are included on the Proposition 65 "List of Chemicals" 

required by the California Safe Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act of 1986: 

INGREDIENT NAME (CAS NUMBER) Date Listed

Naphthalene 04/19/2002 

16. OTHER INFORMATION 

NFPA® HAZARD RATING HEALTH: 0 

FIRE: 2 

REACTIVITY: 0 

Refer to NJPA 704 “Identification of the Fire Hazards of Materials” for further information 
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET 

Jet Fuel JP-5 MSDS No. 1809

Revision Date: 7/1/2006 Page 7 of 7 

HMIS® HAZARD RATING HEALTH: 1* Slight 

FIRE: 2 Moderate 

PHYSICAL: 0 Negligible 

 *Chronic 

SUPERSEDES MSDS DATED: 1/14/99 

ABBREVIATIONS:

AP = Approximately < = Less than > = Greater than 

N/A = Not Applicable N/D = Not Determined ppm = parts per million 

ACRONYMS:

ACGIH American Conference of Governmental 

Industrial Hygienists 

AIHA American Industrial Hygiene Association 

ANSI American National Standards Institute 

(212)642-4900 

API American Petroleum Institute 

 (202)682-8000 

CERCLA Comprehensive Emergency Response, 

Compensation, and Liability Act 

DOT U.S. Department of Transportation 

[General info: (800)467-4922] 

EPA U.S. Environmental Protection Agency 

HMIS Hazardous Materials Information System 

IARC International Agency For Research On 

Cancer 

MSHA Mine Safety and Health Administration 

NFPA National Fire Protection Association 

(617)770-3000 

NIOSH National Institute of Occupational Safety 

and Health 

NOIC Notice of Intended Change (proposed 

change to ACGIH TLV) 

NTP National Toxicology Program 

OPA Oil Pollution Act of 1990 

OSHA U.S. Occupational Safety & Health 

Administration 

PEL Permissible Exposure Limit (OSHA) 

RCRA Resource Conservation and Recovery 

Act 

REL Recommended Exposure Limit (NIOSH) 

SARA Superfund Amendments and 

Reauthorization Act of 1986 Title III 

SCBA Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus 

SPCC Spill Prevention, Control, and 

Countermeasures 

STEL Short-Term Exposure Limit (generally 15 

minutes) 

TLV Threshold Limit Value (ACGIH) 

TSCA Toxic Substances Control Act 

TWA Time Weighted Average (8 hr.) 

WEEL Workplace Environmental Exposure 

Level (AIHA) 

WHMIS Canadian Workplace Hazardous 

Materials Information System 

DISCLAIMER OF EXPRESSED AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES 

Information presented herein has been compiled from sources considered to be dependable, and is accurate and reliable to the best 

of our knowledge and belief, but is not guaranteed to be so. Since conditions of use are beyond our control, we make no warranties, 

expressed or implied, except those that may be contained in our written contract of sale or acknowledgment. 

Vendor assumes no responsibility for injury to vendee or third persons proximately caused by the material if reasonable safety 

procedures are not adhered to as stipulated in the data sheet. Additionally, vendor assumes no responsibility for injury to vendee or 

third persons proximately caused by abnormal use of the material, even if reasonable safety procedures are followed. Furthermore, 

vendee assumes the risk in their use of the material.
_____________________________________________________________________

Revision Number: 0

Revision Date: 12/27/2001

 of JP-8

MSDS : 29418

Material Safety Data Sheet

24-Hour Emergency Telephone Numbers

HEALTH: Chevron Emergency Information Center (800) 231-0623 or (510) 231-0623 

TRANSPORTATION: CHEMTREC (800) 424-9300 or (703) 527-3887

Emergency Information Centers are located in the U.S.A. International collect calls accepted.

SECTION 1 PRODUCT AND COMPANY IDENTIFICATION

JP-8

Product Use: Fuel

Product Number(s): CPS243791 

Synonyms: AVTUR

Company Identification

Chevron Global Aviation

a division of Chevron U.S.A., Inc.

1500 Louisiana Street

Houston, TX 77002

Product Information

MSDS Requests: 800-689-3998 (USA)

Product Information: 510-242-5357 (USA)

SECTION 2 COMPOSITION/ INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS

COMPONENTS CAS NUMBER AMOUNT

Kerosene 8008-20-6 > 99 %weight

Diethylene glycol monomethyl ether 111-77-3 < 1 %weight

SECTION 3 HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION

************************************************************************************************************************

EMERGENCY OVERVIEW

Clear to light yellow liquid with petroleum odor.

 - COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID AND VAPOR

 - HARMFUL OR FATAL IF SWALLOWED - CAN ENTER LUNGS AND CAUSE DAMAGE 

 - MAY CAUSE RESPIRATORY TRACT IRRITATION IF INHALED 

 - CAUSES SKIN IRRITATION

 - TOXIC TO AQUATIC ORGANISMS

************************************************************************************************************************

IMMEDIATE HEALTH EFFECTS

Eye: Not expected to cause prolonged or significant eye irritation.

Skin: Contact with the skin causes irritation. Symptoms may include pain, itching, discoloration, swelling, 

and blistering. Contact with the skin is not expected to cause an allergic skin response. Not expected to 

be harmful to internal organs if absorbed through the skin.

Ingestion: Because of its low viscosity, this material can directly enter the lungs, if swallowed, or if 
_____________________________________________________________________

Revision Number: 0

Revision Date: 12/27/2001

 of JP-8

MSDS : 29418

subsequently vomited. Once in the lungs it is very difficult to remove and can cause severe injury or 

death. May be irritating to mouth, throat, and stomach. Symptoms may include nausea, vomiting, and 

diarrhea.

Inhalation: Breathing this material at concentrations above the recommended exposure limits may cause 

central nervous system effects. Central nervous system effects may include headache, dizziness, 

nausea, vomiting, weakness, loss of coordination, blurred vision, drowsiness, confusion, or disorientation. 

At extreme exposures, central nervous system effects may include respiratory depression, tremors or 

convulsions, loss of consciousness, coma or death. Mists of this material may cause respiratory irritation. 

Symptoms of respiratory irritation may include coughing and difficulty breathing.

SECTION 4 FIRST AID MEASURES

Eye: No specific first aid measures are required because this material is not expected to cause eye 

irritation. As a precaution, remove contact lenses, if worn, and flush eyes with water.

Skin: Wash skin with water immediately and remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Get medical 

attention if any symptoms develop. To remove the material from skin, use soap and water. Discard 

contaminated clothing and shoes or thoroughly clean before reuse.

Ingestion: If swallowed, do not induce vomiting. Give the person a glass of water or milk to drink and get 

immediate medical attention. Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person.

Inhalation: Move the exposed person to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing 

is difficult, give oxygen. Get medical attention if breathing difficulties continue.

Note to Physicians: Ingestion of this product or subsequent vomiting may result in aspiration of light 

hydrocarbon liquid, which may cause pneumonitis.

SECTION 5 FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES

See Section 7 for proper handling and storage.

FIRE CLASSIFICATION: 

OSHA Classification (29 CFR 1910.1200): Combustible liquid.

NFPA RATINGS: Health: 0 Flammability: 2 Reactivity: 0

FLAMMABLE PROPERTIES:

Flashpoint: (Tagliabue Closed Cup) 100 oF (38 C) (Min)

Auto ignition: 410oF (210oC)

Flammability (Explosive) Limits (% by volume in air): Lower: 0.7 Upper: 5 

EXTINGUISHING MEDIA: Use water fog, foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide (CO2) to extinguish 

flames.

PROTECTION OF FIRE FIGHTERS:

Fire Fighting Instructions: For fires involving this material, do not enter any enclosed or confined fire 

space without proper protective equipment, including self-contained breathing apparatus.

Combustion Products: Highly dependent on combustion conditions. A complex mixture of airborne 

solids, liquids, and gases including carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, and unidentified organic 

compounds will be evolved when this material undergoes combustion. 

SECTION 6 ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES

Protective Measures: Eliminate all sources of ignition in the vicinity of the spill or released vapor. If this 

material is released into the work area, evacuate the area immediately. Monitor area with combustible 

gas indicator. 

Spill Management: Stop the source of the release if you can do it without risk. Contain release to 

prevent further contamination of soil, surface water or groundwater. Clean up spill as soon as possible, 
_____________________________________________________________________

Revision Number: 0

Revision Date: 12/27/2001

 of JP-8

MSDS : 29418

observing precautions in Exposure Controls/Personal Protection. Use appropriate techniques such as 

applying non-combustible absorbent materials or pumping. All equipment used when handling the 

product must be grounded. A vapor suppressing foam may be used to reduce vapors. Use clean nonsparking tools to collect absorbed material. Where feasible and appropriate, remove contaminated soil. 

Place contaminated materials in disposable containers and dispose of in a manner consistent with 

applicable regulations.

Reporting: Report spills to local authorities and/or the U.S. Coast Guard's National Response Center at 

(800) 424-8802 as appropriate or required.

SECTION 7 HANDLING AND STORAGE

Precautionary Measures: Liquid evaporates and forms vapor (fumes) which can catch fire and burn with 

explosive force. Invisible vapor spreads easily and can be set on fire by many sources such as pilot 

lights, welding equipment, and electrical motors and switches. Fire hazard is greater as liquid 

temperature rises above 85F. Do not get in eyes, on skin, or on clothing. Do not breathe vapor or fumes. 

Do not breathe mist. Do not taste or swallow. Wash thoroughly after handling. 

Do not use as a portable heater or appliance fuel. Toxic fumes may accumulate and cause death. 

General Handling Information: Avoid contaminating soil or releasing this material into sewage and 

drainage systems and bodies of water.

Static Hazard: Electrostatic charge may accumulate and create a hazardous condition when handling 

this material. To minimize this hazard, bonding and grounding may be necessary but may not, by 

themselves, be sufficient. Review all operations which have the potential of generating an accumulation 

of electrostatic charge and/or a flammable atmosphere (including tank and container filling, splash filling, 

tank cleaning, sampling, gauging, switch loading, filtering, mixing, agitation, and vacuum truck operations) 

and use appropriate mitigating procedures. For more information, refer to OSHA Standard 29 CFR 

1910.106, 'Flammable and Combustible Liquids', National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 77, 

'Recommended Practice on Static Electricity', and/or the American Petroleum Institute (API) 

Recommended Practice 2003, 'Protection Against Ignitions Arising Out of Static, Lightning, and Stray 

Currents'.

General Storage Information: DO NOT USE OR STORE near heat, sparks or open flames. USE AND 

STORE ONLY IN WELL VENTILATED AREA. Keep container closed when not in use.

Container Warnings: Container is not designed to contain pressure. Do not use pressure to empty 

container or it may rupture with explosive force. Empty containers retain product residue (solid, liquid, 

and/or vapor) and can be dangerous. Do not pressurize, cut, weld, braze, solder, drill, grind, or expose 

such containers to heat, flame, sparks, static electricity, or other sources of ignition. They may explode 

and cause injury or death. Empty containers should be completely drained, properly closed, and promptly 

returned to a drum reconditioner or disposed of properly.

SECTION 8 EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION

GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS:

Consider the potential hazards of this material (see Section 3), applicable exposure limits, job activities, 

and other substances in the work place when designing engineering controls and selecting personal 

protective equipment. If engineering controls or work practices are not adequate to prevent exposure to 

harmful levels of this material, the personal protective equipment listed below is recommended. The user 

should read and understand all instructions and limitations supplied with the equipment since protection is 

usually provided for a limited time or under certain circumstances.

ENGINEERING CONTROLS:

Use process enclosures, local exhaust ventilation, or other engineering controls to control airborne levels 

below the recommended exposure limits.

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
_____________________________________________________________________

Revision Number: 0

Revision Date: 12/27/2001

 of JP-8

MSDS : 29418

Eye/Face Protection: No special eye protection is normally required. Where splashing is possible, wear 

safety glasses with side shields as a good safety practice.

Skin Protection: Wear protective clothing to prevent skin contact. Selection of protective clothing may 

include gloves, apron, boots, and complete facial protection depending on operations conducted. 

Suggested materials for protective gloves include: 4H (PE/EVAL), Nitrile Rubber, Polyvinyl Alcohol 

(PVA) (Note: Avoid contact with water. PVA deteriorates in water.), Viton 

Respiratory Protection: Determine if airborne concentrations are below the recommended exposure 

limits. If not, wear a NIOSH approved respirator that provides adequate protection from measured 

concentrations of this material, such as: Air-Purifying Respirator for Organic Vapors

Use a positive pressure, air-supplying respirator if there is potential for uncontrolled release, exposure 

levels are not known, or other circumstances where air-purifying respirators may not provide adequate 

protection.

Occupational Exposure Limits:

Component Limit TWA STEL Ceiling Notation

Kerosene CHEVRON 350 mg/m3 1000 mg/m3 

SECTION 9 PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES

Appearance and Odor: Clear to light yellow liquid with petroleum odor.

pH: NA

Vapor Pressure: 1 kPa (0.14 psi) @ 100 oF

Vapor Density (Air = 1): 5.7

Boiling Point: 160 - 300 oC (320 - 572 F) 

Solubility: Low PPM range in water. 

Freezing Point: -47 oC (-53 F) (Max) 

Density: 0.755 - 0.84 g/ml @ 15 oC

Viscosity: 8 cSt @ -20 oC (Max)

SECTION 10 STABILITY AND REACTIVITY

Chemical Stability: This material is considered stable under normal ambient and anticipated storage 

and handling conditions of temperature and pressure.

Incompatibility With Other Materials: May react with strong oxidizing agents, such as chlorates, 

nitrates, peroxides, etc.

Hazardous Decomposition Products: None known (None expected)

Hazardous Polymerization: Hazardous polymerization will not occur.

SECTION 11 TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION

IMMEDIATE HEALTH EFFECTS

Eye Irritation: The eye irritation hazard is based on evaluation of data for similar materials or product 

components.

Skin Irritation: The skin irritation hazard is based on evaluation of data for similar materials or product 

components.

Skin Sensitization: The skin sensitization hazard is based on evaluation of data for similar materials or 

product components.

Acute Dermal Toxicity: The acute dermal toxicity hazard is based on evaluation of data for similar 

materials or product components.

Acute Oral Toxicity: The acute oral toxicity hazard is based on evaluation of data for similar materials or 

product components.
_____________________________________________________________________

Revision Number: 0

Revision Date: 12/27/2001

 of JP-8

MSDS : 29418

Acute Inhalation Toxicity: The acute inhalation toxicity hazard is based on evaluation of data for similar 

materials or product components.

SECTION 12 ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION

ECOTOXICITY

This material is expected to be toxic to aquatic organisms. 

ENVIRONMENTAL FATE

Ready Biodegradability:

This material is not expected to be readily biodegradable.

SECTION 13 DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS

Use material for its intended purpose or recycle if possible. This material, if it must be discarded, may 

meet the criteria of a hazardous waste as defined by US EPA under RCRA (40 CFR 261) or other State 

and local regulations. Measurement of certain physical properties and analysis for regulated components 

may be necessary to make a correct determination. If this material is classified as a hazardous waste, 

federal law requires disposal at a licensed hazardous waste disposal facility.

SECTION 14 TRANSPORT INFORMATION

The description shown may not apply to all shipping situations. Consult 49CFR, or appropriate 

Dangerous Goods Regulations, for additional description requirements (e.g., technical name) and modespecific or quantity-specific shipping requirements.

DOT Shipping Name: FUEL, AVIATION, TURBINE ENGINE

DOT Hazard Class: 3 (Flammable Liquid)

DOT Identification Number: UN1863

DOT Packing Group: III

SECTION 15 REGULATORY INFORMATION

SARA 311/312 CATEGORIES: 1. Immediate (Acute) Health Effects: YES

 2. Delayed (Chronic) Health Effects: NO

 3. Fire Hazard: YES

 4. Sudden Release of Pressure Hazard: NO

 5. Reactivity Hazard: NO

REGULATORY LISTS SEARCHED:

4A=IARC Group 1 12=TSCA Section 8(a) PAIR 21=TSCA Section 5(a)

4B=IARC Group 2A 13=TSCA Section 8(d) 25=CAA Section 112 HAPs

4C=IARC Group 2B 15=SARA Section 313 26=CWA Section 311

05=NTP Carcinogen 16=CA Proposition 65 28=CWA Section 307

06=OSHA Carcinogen 17=MA RTK 30=RCRA Waste P-List

09=TSCA 12(b) 18=NJ RTK 31=RCRA Waste U-List

10=TSCA Section 4 19=DOT Marine Pollutant 32=RCRA Appendix VIII

11=TSCA Section 8(a) CAIR 20=PA RTK
_____________________________________________________________________

Revision Number: 0

Revision Date: 12/27/2001

 of JP-8

MSDS : 29418

The following components of this material are found on the regulatory lists indicated.

Kerosene 17, 18, 20

Diethylene glycol monomethyl ether 17, 20, 25

CHEMICAL INVENTORIES:

UNITED STATES: All of the components of this material are on the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) 

Chemical Inventory. 

CANADA: All the components of this material are on the Canadian Domestic Substances List (DSL).

WHMIS CLASSIFICATION:

Class B, Division 3: Combustible Liquids 

Class D, Division 2, Subdivision B: Toxic Material - 

Skin or Eye Irritation

SECTION 16 OTHER INFORMATION

NFPA RATINGS: Health: 0 Flammability: 2 Reactivity: 0

(0-Least, 1-Slight, 2-Moderate, 3-High, 4-Extreme, PPE:- Personal Protection Equipment Index 

recommendation, *- Chronic Effect Indicator). These values are obtained using the guidelines or 

published evaluations prepared by the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) or the National Paint 

and Coating Association (for HMIS ratings).

REVISION STATEMENT: REVISION STATEMENT: This document has been prepared using a new 

MSDS format and all 16 sections have been revised. Please read the entire document. Also, this is the 

first MSDS from Chevron Global Aviation, a division of Chevron USA, Inc.

ABBREVIATIONS THAT MAY HAVE BEEN USED IN THIS DOCUMENT:

TLV - Threshold Limit Value TWA - Time Weighted Average

STEL - Short-term Exposure Limit PEL - Permissible Exposure Limit

 CAS - Chemical Abstract Service Number

NDA - No Data Available NA - Not Applicable

<= - Less Than or Equal To >= - Greater Than or Equal To

Prepared according to the OSHA Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200) and the ANSI 

MSDS Standard (Z400.1). 

The above information is based on the data of which we are aware and is believed to be correct 

as of the date hereof. Since this information may be applied under conditions beyond our 

control and with which we may be unfamiliar and since data made available subsequent to the 

date hereof may suggest modifications of the information, we do not assume any responsibility 

for the results of its use. This information is furnished upon condition that the person receiving 

it shall make his own determination of the suitability of the material for his particular purpose. 
Appendix B Field Forms

Soil Vapor Monitoring Point Data Sheet 

Red Hill Long-Term Monitoring at Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

Date: Instrument Type/No.: RAE or equivalent 

 Ambient Air Reading: 

Sampler: Calibration Date: CH4= CO2= ; O2=; 

 Hg =

SVMP No. 

Avg. 

Shallow 

Range 

Avg. 

Mid 

Range 

Avg. 

Deep 

Range 

Pressure % LEL Sample 

Time 

Remarks 

Open Closed n/a 

SVMP-02 

SVMP-03 

SVMP-04 

SVMP-05 

SVMP-06 

SVMP-07 

SVMP-08 

SVMP-09 

SVMP-10 

SVMP-11 

SVMP-12 

SVMP-13 

SVMP-14 

SVMP-15 

SVMP-16 

SVMP-17 

SVMP-18 

SVMP-20 

Office 

Structure: 

Notes: 

LEL = lower explosive limit which is 5% by volume for methane (CH4 ) 

White = Deep, Blue = Mid, Orange = Shallow 

Comments: 

DRUM ID NUMBER: ___________________ 

DATE: ___________________ 

CONTENTS: ___________________ 

SITE LOCATION: 

PROJECT TITLE: 

CONTRACT NUMBER: POINT OF CONTACT: Environet, Inc. 

 Vilma Dupra 

 (808) 754-3925 

 vdupra@environethawaii.com 

COMMENTS: 

Fuel Product Monitoring Log

Project Name: Location:

Project Number: Date:

Project Manager: Equipment: Solinst Interface Meter

Field Personnel: SOPs Used:

Well Depth to Depth to

Gauge Depth Product Groundwater

Well ID Time (feet bMP) (feet bMP) (feet bMP)

NOTES:

MP = Measuring point; bMP = below measuring point; aMSL = above mean sea level

Comments - Other 

Observations



SAFETY MEETING DOCUMENTATION 

Project name: Date: 

and location Time: 

 

Type of Safety Meeting: □ Initial Safety Briefing □ Daily Safety Meeting 

Name of Person Conducting Meeting: 

TOPIC DISCUSSED: _____________________________________________________ 

a. __________________________________________________________________ 

b. __________________________________________________________________ 

c. __________________________________________________________________ 

d. __________________________________________________________________ 

e. __________________________________________________________________ 

NAME OF EMPLOYEES ATTENDING: 

1.______________________________ 11. ________________________________ 

 2. ______________________________ 12. _________________________________ 

 3. ______________________________ 13. _________________________________ 

 4. ______________________________ 14. _________________________________ 

 5. ______________________________ 15. _________________________________ 

 6. ______________________________ 16. _________________________________ 

 7. ______________________________ 17. _________________________________ 

 8. ______________________________ 18. _________________________________ 

 9. ______________________________ 19. _________________________________ 

 10. ______________________________ 20. _________________________________ 

INCEDENT REPORT FORM 

Section 1: Data for Employee Involved in Incident – To be completed by supervisor. 

 Injury  Illness  Injury From a Vehicle Incident  Near Miss 

Employee Name 

Work Phone Home Phone Birth Date SSN 

Home Address (City, State, Zip) 

Hire Date Hourly Wage Marital Status Dependents Job Title 

Section 2: Supervisor (Must complete each item) - Print Clearly 

Date of Incident Time Date/Time Reported To Whom 

Client Name/Job Number Job Assignment at Time of Incident Time Shift Began 

Exact Location & Address of Incident 

Describe Incident 

Root cause of Incident 

Nature of Injury 

Medical Attention?  Yes  No If yes, describe treatment 

Dr./Hospital Name Address/Phone of Hosp.\ 

Witness Name (Any witnesses should attach a short statement) 

Did injured leave work? When? Has injured returned to work?  Yes  No 

Corrective Action(s) to Prevent Future Occurrence: 

Supervisor/Foreman (Print Name) Telephone 

Signature and Date 

Section 3: Manager 

Comprehensive comments on root cause of incident and corrective action 

Manager (Print Name) Telephone 

Signature and Date 

Section 4: Environmental Safety and Health Professional 

Concur with action taken?  Yes  No Remarks: 

 No Medical Care  First Aid Only  Medical Care by Medical Professional  Fatality 

 OSHA Classification Pending OSHA  Yes  No  Days away from work  Restricted Days_____ 

ESH Professional (Print Name) 

Signature and Date

Appendix C Environet SOPs (on CD-ROM)

 STANDARD OPERATING 

PROCEDURE 

DECONTAMINATION 

Page 1 of 8 

June 2007 

Environet, Inc. 

PRESERVING EARTH’S RESOURCES FOR THE FUTURE

Environet 

650 Iwilei Road, Suite 204 

Honolulu, Hawai‘i 96817 
Page 2 of 8 

Table of Contents 

Section 1 Purpose and Scope....................................................................................................3

Section 2 Procedure ..................................................................................................................4

2.1 Equipment List.................................................................................................................4 

2.2 Personnel Decontamination .............................................................................................4 

2.3 Sampling Equipment Decontamination ...........................................................................5 

2.4 Drilling and Heavy Equipment Decontamination............................................................6 

2.5 Waste Handling................................................................................................................6 

2.6 Documentation.................................................................................................................7 

Section 3 Quality Assurance Requirements.............................................................................8
Page 3 of 8 

Section 1

Purpose and Scope 

This document defines the standard operating procedure (SOP) for decontamination of 

personnel and equipment engaged in sampling activities. This SOP serves as a supplement to 

the project work plan, and the project Health and Safety Plan (HSP). It is intended that these 

procedures described below be used together with the project work plan, the project HSP, 

and other SOPs. 

The overall objective of the sampling program is to obtain samples that accurately 

characterize the chemical contamination present at the sampling site. Extraneous 

contaminant materials can be brought onto the sampling location and/or introduced into the 

medium of interest during the sampling program (e.g., by improperly cleaning the split spoon 

sampler between individual soil samples). Trace quantities of these contaminant materials 

can consequently be captured in a sample and lead to false positive analytical results, and, 

ultimately, to an incorrect assessment of the contaminant conditions associated with the Site. 

Decontamination of sampling equipment (e.g., bailers, pumps, tubing, soil and sediment 

sampling equipment) and field support equipment (e.g., drill rigs, vehicles) is therefore 

required prior to use to ensure that sampling cross-contamination is prevented, and that onsite contaminants are not carried off-site. 
Page 4 of 8 

Section 2

Procedure 

Equipment and personnel must be thoroughly decontaminated prior to entering the 

environmental investigation area (exclusion zone). Upon leaving the exclusion zone, all 

personnel and equipment must be thoroughly decontaminated. In addition, decontamination 

may be necessary from sample site to sample site within the exclusion zone. Proper 

decontamination of equipment and personnel will decrease the potential for cross 

contamination and reduce adverse health effects. 

This procedure describes the decontamination of personnel, soil drilling and sampling 

equipment, monitoring well installation and sampling equipment, and tools used during field 

investigation activities. These procedures will remain in place unless modified by the site 

specific work plan or HSP. 

2.1 Equipment List 

The following is a list of equipment that may be needed to perform decontamination: 

Plastic sheeting 

Scrub brushes 

Wash tubs 

Buckets 

Scrapers, flat blade 

Hot water - high-pressure sprayer 

Disposal drums (55-gallon with secure lids) 

Sponges or paper towels 

Alconox/Liquinox detergent (or equivalent) 

Potable tap water 

Laboratory-grade deionized water 

Garden-type water sprayers 

Isopropyl alcohol 

Hand soap 

Hand wipes 

2.2 Personnel Decontamination 

A temporary personnel decontamination line will be set up around each exclusion zone. If 

contamination is not encountered, a dry decontamination station may be established which 

consists of discarding of disposable personal protective equipment (PPE). 
Page 5 of 8 

If real-time monitoring instruments indicates that contamination has been encountered, (i.e., 

action levels are exceeded requiring an upgrade from initial PPE levels), or if the initial PPE 

is Level B or C, a complete personnel decontamination station will be established. 

The temporary decontamination line should provide space to wash and rinse boots, gloves, 

and all sampling or measuring equipment and a container to dispose of used disposable items 

such as gloves, tape, or tyvek. 

The decontamination procedure for field personnel in Level B or C PPE shall include (also see 

the HSP): 

Glove and boot wash in an Alconox solution 

Glove and boot rinse 

Duct tape removal 

Outer glove removal 

Coverall (Tyvek) removal 

Respirator or self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) removal 

Inner glove removal 

2.3 Sampling Equipment Decontamination 

The following steps will be used to decontaminate sampling equipment: 

 Personnel will dress in suitable PPE to reduce personal exposure as required by 

the HSP. 

 Sampling equipment will be decontaminated prior to sampling activities, between 

sample locations, and at the end of sampling activities. 

 Gross contamination on equipment will be scraped off at the sampling site. 

 Equipment that will not be damaged by water will be placed in a wash tub 

containing Alconox or equivalent detergent along with tap water and scrubbed 

with a scrub brush or similar tool. 

 Equipment will be rinsed with tap water, then with isopropyl alcohol and then a 

final rinse with deionized/distilled water. 

 Groundwater sampling pumps will be “turned on” to allow detergent, tap water, 

and deionized/distilled water to cycle through the pump. 

 The equipment will be allowed to air dry. 

 Equipment that may be damaged by water will be carefully wiped clean using a 

sponge and detergent water and rinsed with deionized water. Care will be taken 

to prevent any equipment damage. 

 Rinse and detergent water will be replaced with new solutions between borings or 

sample locations or as determined necessary by the field manager. 

Following decontamination, equipment will be placed in a clean area or on clean plastic 

sheeting to prevent cross contamination. If the equipment is to be transported, it will be 
Page 6 of 8 

covered or wrapped in aluminum foil (preferred method), plastic sheeting, or heavy-duty 

trash bags to minimize potential airborne contamination. 

The following guidelines will be followed in the field at all times to ensure sample integrity 

and to prevent any cross contamination of samples. 

 A clean pair of disposable latex gloves will be worn each time a different location 

is sampled and shall be changed each time the gloves come into contact with a 

material that has not been properly decontaminated. 

 Sample collection activities will proceed from the least contaminated area to the 

most contaminated area when this information is available. 

2.4 Drilling and Heavy Equipment Decontamination 

Drilling rigs will be decontaminated at the decontamination station. The following steps may 

be used to decontaminate drilling and heavy equipment: 

 Personnel will dress in suitable PPE to reduce personal exposure as required by 

the HSP. 

 Drilling and heavy equipment will be decontaminated prior to drilling, between 

locations, and at the end of drilling. 

 Remove as much soil and debris as possible from augers and tools at the borehole 

or sampling location. 

 Equipment that will not be damaged by water, such as drill rigs, augers, drill bits, 

and shovels, will be sprayed and then rinsed with potable water. Care will be 

taken to adequately clean the insides of the hollow-stem augers. 

 If augers and tools are visibly contaminated, clean tools in large tub so that 

decontamination water is contained. 

 During soil sampling, the split spoon sampler and sample sleeves shall be 

decontaminated by the field crew and not the drilling contractor. 

 After cleaning, place augers and tools on plastic sheeting on the cleaned bed of 

the support truck or the cleaned auger rack on the drill rig. 

 Any decontamination water that was generated during drilling and heavy 

equipment decontamination shall be placed in 55-gallon drums or other suitable 

storage tank and the source of the water (i.e., borehole where tools were last used) 

shall be marked on the drum or tank. 

An alternative to the above would be to steam clean auger flights. 

2.5 Waste Handling 

Any waste generated during decontamination activities will be collected and handled 

according to the procedures outlined in the project work plan and the SOP for waste 

handling. 
Page 7 of 8 

2.6 Documentation 

Sampling personnel will be responsible for documenting the decontamination of sampling 

and drilling equipment. The documentation will be recorded with waterproof ink in the 

sampler's field notebook with consecutively numbered pages. The information entered in the 

field book concerning decontamination should include the following: 

Decontamination personnel 

Date and start/end times 

Decontamination observations 

Weather conditions 
Page 8 of 8 

Section 3

Quality Assurance Requirements 

Equipment rinsate samples will be taken of the decontaminated sampling equipment to verify 

the effectiveness of the decontamination procedures. The sampling procedure will include 

rinsing deionized water through or over a decontaminated sampling tool (such as a split 

spoon sampler or groundwater pump) and collecting the rinsate water into the appropriate 

sample bottles, which will be sent to the laboratory for analysis. The rinsate procedure, 

including the sample number, will be recorded in the field notebook. The frequency of 

rinsate sample collection and the laboratory analysis required are described in the project 

work plan. The handling and documentation procedures of the rinsate sample are described 

in the Containerizing, Preserving, Handling, and Shipping Samples SOP. 
c:\cliff\sop8.doc 

SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS PLAN 

 STANDARD OPERATING 

PROCEDURE 

DRUM HANDLING 

March 2001 

Environet 

500 Alakawa Street, Suite 202B 

Honolulu, Hawaii 96817 
c:\cliff\sop8.doc i SOP No. 8

Table of Contents 

Section 1 Purpose and Scope................................................................................................ 1-1 

Section 2 Hazard Awareness and Regulatory Considerations............................................ 2-1 

2.1 Hazard Awareness ....................................................................................................... 2-1 

2.2 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) ......................................................................... 2-1 

2.3 Regulatory Considerations........................................................................................... 2-1 

Section 3 Drum Handling Procedures ................................................................................. 3-1 

3.1 Movement of Drums.................................................................................................... 3-1 

3.2 Inspection of Drums..................................................................................................... 3-1

3.3 Spill Control During Drum Handling .......................................................................... 3-1 

3.4 Opening Drums............................................................................................................ 3-2 

3.5 Drum Overpacking ...................................................................................................... 3-2 
c:\cliff\sop8.doc 1-1 SOP No. 8

Section 1 

Purpose and Scope 

This document defines the standard operating procedure (SOP) for the handling of drums 

(primarily 55-gallon drums) during the Johnston Island site characterization report. This 

SOP serves as a supplement to the Sampling and Analysis Plan (SAP) that is included in the 

Work Plan (WP). This document is intended to be used together with the SAP and other 

SOPs. 
c:\cliff\sop8.doc 2-1 SOP No. 8

Section 2 

Hazard Awareness and Regulatory 

Considerations 

2.1 Hazard Awareness 

A variety of work site activities may require unearthing, moving, lifting, overpacking, or 

sampling drums. Such activities are inherently hazardous and will always require special 

health and safety precautions. Drum handling presents numerous serious physical hazards 

including back injury, crushing, bruising, laceration, and severe trauma from mishandling. 

Drum contents may represent a fire or explosion hazard or may consist of shock-sensitive or 

pyrophoric materials. Drum contents may be pressurized or be acutely toxic. Contents may 

be corrosive or irritating or have other toxic effects. Drum handling may, therefore, represent 

both physical and chemical hazards. 

2.2 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) 

The appropriate PPE ensemble for drum handling (and sampling) can vary significantly 

depending on the particular job conditions. Supplied air equipment (SCBAs or airlines) may 

be appropriate respiratory protection for a wide range of potential exposures. Full face airpurifying respirators may be adequate for other situations. Some drums may be safely 

handled without respiratory protection. The types of gloves, coveralls (coated or uncoated), 

boots, and other PPE can also vary based on hazard evaluation. The selection of the 

appropriate PPE should ultimately be performed by a Environet’s Health and Safety Officer, 

as part of the site-specific Health and Safety Plan (HSP). 

2.3 Regulatory Considerations 

The primary regulation dealing with drum handling in hazardous waste operations is section 

(J) of 29 CFR 1910.120. These OSHA regulations are unique to hazardous waste operations 

and do not cover all contingencies. 
c:\cliff\sop8.doc 3-1 SOP No. 8

Section 3 

Drum Handling Procedures 

3.1 Movement of Drums 

The movement of full 55-gallon drums solely by hand is not recommended. Full drums 

should be moved with a dolly, hoist, sling, drum carrier, front end-loader, or other 

specialized device. A hydraulic drum grappler works well in certain applications. When 

drums are being moved, suspended, or overpacked, personnel should stand well clear of the 

drum. 

3.2 Inspection of Drums 

Prior to any handling, drums with unknown contents should be visually inspected for any 

words, symbols or labels on the drum surface which would indicate the nature of its contents. 

A careful inspection should also be made for signs of leakage, rusting, corrosion, or bulging. 

If the drum is of unusual construction or material, such as nickel or stainless steel, it may 

contain a particularly hazardous or sensitive material. The type of drumhead and type of 

bungs (if any) should be inspected. If the whole drum lid is removable, it may be designed to 

contain solid materials. If it has a bung (or bungs) it may be designed to contain a liquid. If 

the drum has a polyethylene or PVC liner, it may have been designed to contain a corrosive 

material. The top of the drum and the area around the bungs should be inspected for any 

signs of crystal formation, staining or unusual materials on the surface. An experienced drum 

handler may, on occasion, lightly tap the exterior of the drum or rock it very lightly to 

attempt to determine the level or amount of material in the drum. The drum may need to be 

photographed and numbered during the inspection process. 

3.3 Spill Control During Drum Handling 

Spills or leaks may occur during drum movement and handling. Absorbent materials (clay, 

oil-dry, etc.) should be readily available in sufficient quantity to absorb spilled or leaked 

material. Where large spills could occur, a containment berm should be constructed around 

the area. A special pad for drum handling (concrete, HDPE, etc.) with containment berms 

may be required for certain types of work. Spill control should be performed by appropriately 

trained personnel wearing adequate PPE. A Spill Plan should be part of the HSP. 
c:\cliff\sop8.doc 3-2 SOP No. 8

3.4 Opening Drums 

A non-sparking bung wrench should be used for removing bungs to gain access to the drum 

interior. An appropriately rated fire extinguisher should be on hand ready for use to control 

incipient fires. OSHA specifies that a "suitable shield" be placed between the employee and 

the drum being opened to protect the employee in case of accidental explosion. If there 

appears to be real danger of accidental explosion, the drum should be opened remotely. One 

of the best ways to do this is to use a bronze spike mounted on the end of a backhoe arm. The 

backhoe operator looks out through a clear explosion shield. The spike is used to punch a 

hole through the surface of the drum. A variety of pneumatic and hydraulic remote drumoperating devices may be available. The efficiency of their use must be evaluated on a caseby-case basis. 

3.5 Drum Overpacking 

Leaking fifty-five gallon drums are usually overpacked into an 85-gallon overpack drum. 

There are a variety of ways to perform this safely. It can be done by vertical suspension and 

insertion or it may be done by sliding the two drums together horizontally (laying down). If 

the drum to be overpacked is suspended, it must be firmly held by a scissor clamp or other 

positive gripping device. 

Do not contact the drum with hands while it is suspended. Use a board or other device to 

steady or position the drum which is being overpacked. If a forklift is used, the operator must 

have specialized training prior to performing drum overpacking. Horizontal overpacking may 

be a safer technique in some cases. However, great care must be exercised to avoid back 

injury when pushing the overpacked drum into an upright position. 
Page 1 of 6 

 STANDARD OPERATING 

PROCEDURE 

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 

June 2007 

Environet, Inc. 

PRESERVING EARTH’S RESOURCES FOR THE FUTURE

Environet 

2850 Pa‘a Street, Suite 212 

Honolulu, Hawai‘i 96819 
Page 2 of 6 

Table of Contents 

Section 1 Purpose ......................................................................................................................3

Section 2 Types of Emergencies................................................................................................3

2.1 Medical Emergencies.......................................................................................................3

2.2 Accidents .........................................................................................................................3 

2.3 Safety Equipment Problems.............................................................................................4 

Section 3 Advance Planning.....................................................................................................4

Section 4 Training .....................................................................................................................5

Section 5 Medical Surveillance Information ...........................................................................5

Section 6 Emergency Equipment..............................................................................................5

Section 7 Safety Practices .........................................................................................................5

Section 8 Documentation ..........................................................................................................6
Page 3 of 6 

Section 1 Purpose 

The purpose of this Standard Operating Procedure is to provide guidance in preparing for 

contingency or emergency situations during field activities. Accidents can and do happen. 

However, with adequate planning and preparedness resulting consequence can be minimized or 

prevented. 

Emergency preparedness starts with advanced planning. It requires anticipation of potential 

problems or hazards. Proper emergency preparedness involves use of the project health and safety 

plan that may address emergency situations. It involves training, site orientation of personnel, 

medical information of personnel, and availability of emergency equipment and services. 

Section 2 Types of Emergencies 

There are three major categories of emergencies that can occur during hazardous waste site 

investigations. They are medical emergencies, accidents, and safety equipment problems. 

2.1 Medical Emergencies 

Medical emergencies can be described as situations that present a significant threat to the health of 

personnel involved in site investigations. These can result from chemical exposures, heat stress, 

cold stress, and poisonous insect or snake bites. Medical emergencies must be dealt with 

immediately and proper care should be administered. This may be in the form of first aid and 

emergency hospitalization. 

2.2 Accidents 

Accidents can result from physical hazards on a site. These hazards can include tripping, catching, 

cutting, and may be associated with debris on a site or heavy equipment used in the investigation. 

Accidents may include: 

• Broken bones; 

• Burns; 

• Sprains; 
Page 4 of 6 

• Puncture wounds; 

• Electrical shock; and 

• Cuts by contaminated materials. 

Appropriate medical attention must be provided to individuals involved in site investigations who 

have suffered an accident. 

2.3 Safety Equipment Problems 

A source of emergency may develop due to malfunction or other problem associated with safety 

equipment being utilized by investigative personnel. These types of problems may or may not result 

in emergency situations. However, safety equipment problems must be corrected before proceeding 

with field investigative activities. Safety problems may include: 

• Leaks or tears in protective clothing; 

• Failure of respiratory protective devices (SCBA, air-purifying respirators); and 

• Encountering contaminants for which prescribed protective equipment may not be 

suitable. 

Section 3 Advance Planning 

Advance planning should be practiced and include assessments of potential hazards or problems that 

may be encountered. Emergency preparedness should be addressed in the site safety plan. It should 

consider: 

• Hazard evaluation; 

• Emergency precautions; 

• Hospital/poison control centers (telephone numbers); 

• Emergency transportation systems (fire, police, ambulance); 

o Emergency routes (maps, dry runs); and 

o Escape routes: 

 On-site escape (rapid evacuation to safe area) 

 Off-site escape (best means of evacuation from site). 
Page 5 of 6 

Section 4 Training 

Investigative teams should include personnel with training in first aid and CPR. Personnel should 

become familiar with site area, available equipment, and emergency services available. 

Section 5 Medical Surveillance Information 

Personnel should be aware of any special medical problems of individual team members. This may 

include allergies, insect stings, poison plants, penicillin, etc. 

Section 6 Emergency Equipment 

Provisions should be made to have appropriate emergency equipment available and in proper 

working condition. This equipment may include: 

 • First aid kits; 

 • Eye wash kits - fill and pressurize; 

 • Fire extinguisher; 

 • Emergency oxygen; 

 • Splints; 

 • Stretcher; 

 • Blankets; and 

 • Life vests. 

Equipment should be checked before commencing site investigation activities, and defective 

equipment repaired or replaced before performing site investigation. Provisions should be made for 

redundant or back-up safety equipment. 

Section 7 Safety Practices 

The following safety practices should be utilized to prevent or deal with emergency situations: 

 1. A continuous line-of-sight should be maintained between work party downrange and 

personnel at the command post. Personnel stationed beyond the command post, in 
Page 6 of 6 

order to maintain the line-of-sight with the work party, must be outfitted with 

appropriate protective equipment. 

 2. Person should be dressed to same degree as the work party in order to provide an 

extra man for any needed rescue effort. 

 3. Communications should be maintained and work party must have system for rapid 

and clear distress call back to command post. 

 4. Check to insure that all preplanning information is correct. 

 5. Maintain thorough knowledge of expected weather conditions. Avoid working in 

wet weather, electrical storms, extremely hot conditions, or extremely cold 

conditions. 

 6. Thoroughly understand tasks to be performed. 

 7. Thoroughly brief all team members on all aspects of the tasks. 

Section 8 Documentation 

Records should be maintained with regard to emergency situations. Incident/Accident Reports 

should be filed in the event of an incident or accident (see OP SOP-103). 
 

 STANDARD OPERATING 

PROCEDURE 

FIELD EQUIPMENT 

CALIBRATION, OPERATION, 

AND MAINTENANCE 

April 2010 

 Environet, Inc. 

 PRESERVING EARTH’S RESOURCES FOR THE FUTURE

650 Iwilei Road, Suite 204 

Honolulu, Hawai‘i 96817 
This page is intentionally left blank. 
i 

Table of Contents 

List of Acronyms .............................................................................................................................. iii 

Section 1 Purpose and Scope ........................................................................................................ 1-1

Section 2 Calibration Procedures ................................................................................................. 2-1

2.1 Horiba Multiparameter Probe .................................................................................................. 2-1 

2.2 MiniRAE 2000 Portable VOC Monitor .................................................................................. 2-4 

2.3 GEM 2000 Gas Meter .............................................................................................................. 2-5 

2.4 LANDTEC GA-90 Landfill Gas Analyzer ............................................................................. 2-7 

Section 3 Operation Procedures ................................................................................................... 3-1

3.1 Horiba Multiparameter Probe .................................................................................................. 3-1 

3.2 MiniRAE 2000 Portable VOC Monitor .................................................................................. 3-1 

3.3 GEM 2000 Gas Meter .............................................................................................................. 3-1 

3.4 LANDTEC GA-90 Landfill Gas Analyzer ............................................................................. 3-2 

Section 4 Maintenance Procedures .............................................................................................. 4-1

4.1 Horiba Multiparameter Probe .................................................................................................. 4-1 

4.2 MiniRAE 2000 Portable VOC Monitor .................................................................................. 4-2 

4.3 GEM 2000 Gas Meter .............................................................................................................. 4-4 

4.4 LANDTEC GA-90 Landfill Gas Analyzer ............................................................................. 4-4 

Section 5 Documentation .............................................................................................................. 5-1

Tables 

Table 5-1: Field Equipment Calibration and Maintenance .......................................................... 5-3 

Appendices 

Appendix A: Equipment Calibration Log 

Appendix B: Groundwater Sampling Log, Soil Boring Log, and Landfill Gas Monitoring Log 

Appendix C: Certificate of Calibration/Equipment User Logs 
ii 

This page is intentionally left blank. 
iii 

List of Acronyms 

% percent 

oC degrees Celsius 

°F degrees Fahrenheit 

cc cubic centimeter 

CH4 methane 

cm centimeter 

CO2 carbon dioxide 

COND conductivity 

DEP depth 

DO dissolved oxygen 

H2O water 

LCD liquid crystal display 

LED light emitting diode 

m meter 

mg/L milligrams per liter 

ml milliliter 

N2 nitrogen 

NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Unit 

O2 oxygen 

pH hydrogen activity 

PID photo-ionization detector 

psig pound-force per square inch gauge 

S/m siemens per meter 

SOP standard operating procedure 

TURB turbidity 

VOC volatile organic compound 

WP Work Plan 
iv 

This page is intentionally left blank.
1-1 

Section 1 Purpose and Scope 

This document defines the standard operating procedure (SOP) for calibrating, operating, and 

maintaining equipment commonly used during field investigation activities. This SOP serves as a 

supplement to the Work Plan (WP). This procedure is intended to be used together with the WP and 

other SOPs. 
1-2 

This page is intentionally left blank.
2-1 

Section 2 Calibration Procedures 

2.1 Horiba Multiparameter Probe 

To obtain correct measurements, the Horiba Multiparameter Probe must be calibrated each day 

before performing measurements. In general, calibration is done by adjusting the probe with 

standard solution(s). Calibration, operation, and maintenance of the multiparameter probe should 

follow the manufacturer’s specific instructions. 

The specific calibration procedures for the Horiba Multiparameter Probe will consist of the 

following procedures: 

Auto Calibration Method 

1. Fill the calibration beaker to the marked line with hydrogen activity (pH) 4 standard solution 

(use the 100-4 pH standard solution manufactured by Horiba). 

2. Wash the Horiba probe sensor in distilled water three times and then immerse in the pH 4 

solution. 

3. Press the POWER key. 

4. While “AUTO” is displayed, press the CAL key in one of the measurements modes pH, 

conductivity (COND), turbidity (TURB), dissolved oxygen (DO), and depth (DEP). 

“AUTO” and “CAL” appear and the instrument enters the auto calibration mode. 

5. Press the ENT key to start auto calibration. Upon completion of all the pH, COND, TURB, 

DO, and DEP modes, “End” will be displayed. The instrument is now calibrated. 

6. Complete the calibration form, and record the time and the standard solution temperature in 

the field notebook. The 100-4 pH standard solution contents at 25 degrees Celsius (oC) are 

as follows: pH (4.01); COND (0.449 siemens per meter (S/m)); TURB (0 Nephelometric 

Turbidity Unit (NTU)); DO (8.52 milligrams per liter (mg/L)); and DEP (0 meter (m)). 

7. Press the MEAS key to return to the measurement mode. 

Manual Calibration Method 

Manual pH Calibration 

1. Wash the sensor three times using distilled water, then pour pH 7 standard solution into the 

calibration beaker to the marked line, and immerse the sensor in it. 

2. Press the POWER key. 

3. While “MAN” is displayed, press the CAL key twice in the pH measurement mode. 
2-2 

4. Use the UP/DOWN keys to input the value for the pH 7 standard solution at the 

measurement temperature. 

5. Press the ENT key. 

6. Wash the sensor three times using distilled water, then pour pH 4 or pH 9 standard solution 

into the calibration beaker to the marked line, and immerse the sensor in it. 

7. After the zero calibration of the pH sensor, press the CAL key to make sure that the 

instrument is in the manual span calibration mode. 

8. Use the UP/DOWN keys to set the value for the pH 4 or pH 9 standard solution at the 

measurement temperature. 

9. Press the ENT key. The manual span calibration starts. 

10. Press the MEAS key to return to the measurement mode. 

Manual Conductivity Calibration 

1. Wash the conductivity sensor three times using distilled water. Completely remove the 

water on the sensor and calibrate the instrument in the atmosphere. 

2. Press the CAL key twice in the conductivity measurement mode. 

3. Use the UP/DOWN keys to set the value to 0.0. 

4. Press the ENT key. 

5. Wash the sensor three times using distilled water, then pour standard solution into the 

calibration beaker, and immerse the sensor in it. 

6. After the zero calibration of the conductivity sensor, press the CAL key to make sure that the 

instrument is in the manual span calibration mode. 

7. Use the UP/DOWN keys to set the standard solution value. 

8. Press the ENT key. The manual span calibration starts. 

9. Press the CAL key and use each standard solution and perform steps 1 and 4 (above) for 

calibration. 

10. Press the MEAS key to return to the measurement mode. 

Manual Turbidity Calibration 

1. Wash the sensor three times using distilled water, then place some distilled water into the 

calibration beaker, and immerse the sensor in it. 
2-3 

2. Press the CAL key twice in the turbidity measurement mode. 

3. Use the UP/DOWN keys to set the value to 0.0. 

4. Press the ENT key. 

5. Wash the sensor three times using distilled water, then pour standard solution into a 

calibration beaker, and immerse the sensor in it. 

6. After the zero calibration of the turbidity sensor, press the CAL key to make sure that the 

instrument is in the manual span calibration mode. 

7. Use UP/DOWN keys to set the standard solution value. 

8. Press the ENT key. The manual span calibration starts. 

9. Press the MEAS key to return to the measurement mode. 

Manual Dissolved Oxygen Calibration 

1. Wash the sensor three times with distilled water and immerse the DO sensor completely in 

zero calibrated liquid. 

2. Press the CAL key twice in the DO measurement mode. 

3. After the display has stabilized, use the UP/DOWN keys to set the value to 0.0. 

4. Press the ENT key. The manual calibration starts. 

5. Wash the sensors three times with distilled water and immerse the DO sensor completely in 

span calibrated liquid. 

6. After the zero calibration of the DO sensor, press the CAL key to make sure that the 

instrument is in the manual span calibration mode. 

7. After the display has stabilized, use the UP/DOWN keys to set the amount of saturated DO 

in water at the temperature. 

8. Press the ENT key. 

9. Press the MEAS key to return to the measurement mode. 
2-4 

2.2 MiniRAE 2000 Portable VOC Monitor 

WARNING: The MiniRAE 2000 Portable VOC Monitor (Model PGM 7600) is classified as to 

intrinsic safety for use in class I division 1, groups A, B, C, D, or non-hazardous locations only. Do 

NOT proceed before reading the instrument manual. 

MiniRAE 2000 Portable VOC Monitor (Model PGM 7600) is a compact monitor designed as a 

broadband volatile organic compound (VOC) gas monitor and data logger for work in hazardous 

environments. It monitors VOCs using a photo-ionization detector (PID). It gives real time 

measurements and activates alarm signals whenever the exposure exceeds preset limits. 

Primary Calibration 

Primary calibration of the MiniRAE 2000 Portable VOC Monitor (Model PGM 7600) is 

accomplished annually at the factory using isobutylene-in-air standard calibration gas. The 

MiniRAE 2000 is also programmed at the factory with default alarm limits. 

Fresh Air and Span Calibration 

1. Press the MODE key for one second and release to turn on the instrument. The audio buzzer 

will beep once and the air pump will turn on. The display will show series of information as 

it runs through the start up menu. 

2. Then the “Ready...” message or the instantaneous reading display “0.0 ppm” is displayed. 

3. Press and hold down both N/- and MODE keys for three seconds to enter programming 

mode. 

4. The first menu item “Calibrate/Select Gas?” will be displayed. 

5. Release both N/- and MODE keys simultaneously. 

6. Press Y/+ key to select “Calibrate/Select Gas?” 

7. Press Y/+ to select “Calibrate/Select Gas?” sub-menu “Fresh Air Cal?” 

8. Make sure that the MiniRAE is connected to a fresh air source (ambient air without 

detectable contaminant). 

9. Press Y/+ key, the display shows “Zero in Progress”, followed by “Wait” and a countdown 

timer. 

10. After a 15 second pause, the display will show the message “update data... zeroed... reading 

= X.X ppm...” 

11. Press any key or wait about 20 seconds, the monitor will return back to the “Fresh Air 

Calibration?” submenu. 

12. Make sure the monitor is connected to a span gas source. 

13. Press the Y/+ key at the “Span Cal?” to start the calibration. The display shows the gas 

name and the span value of the corresponding gas. 
2-5 

14. The display shows, “Apply Gas Now!” Turn on the valve of the span gas supply. 

15. The display shows, “Wait... 30”, with a count-down timer showing the number of remaining 

seconds while the monitor performs the calibration. 

16. When the countdown timer reaches zero, the display shows the calibrated value. The 

reading should be very close to the span gas value. 

17. After a span calibration is completed, the display will show the message, “Update Data Span 

Cal Done! Turn Off Gas”. 

18. Turn off the flow of gas. Disconnect the calibration adapter from the MiniRAE 2000. 

19. Press any key and it returns back to “Span Gas Cal?” 

20. Press and hold the MODE key for five seconds to turn off the instrument. 

2.3 GEM 2000 Gas Meter 

WARNING: The GEM 2000 is not certified as intrinsically safe. The following procedure MUST 

NOT be done in a confined space or where there is any chance of sparking or ignition. No smoking, 

exposed lighting, or other sources of ignition should be in the area. On the GEM 2000, ensure that 

the exhaust gas is safe, not blocked and properly vented away from you. Ensure that no leaks are 

present. Unless all above conditions are maintained, an explosion could occur resulting in serious 

injury or death. 

Primary Calibration 

Primary calibration of the GEM 2000 is accomplished at the factory using a gas mixture of 50 

percent (%) methane (CH4), 35% carbon dioxide (CO2)for CH4 and CO2 calibration and gas mixture 

of 2% oxygen (O2), balance nitrogen (N2) for O2 calibration. The primary calibration is performed 

annually. 

Daily Calibration 

1. Connect the calibration gas cylinder to the pressure regulator using the same gas mixtures as 

the one used for primary calibration. 

2. Connect the pressure regulator to a one liter Tedlar bag using 24 inches of a 1/8 inch Tygon 

tubing. 

3. Fully open the Tedlar bag fill/sample valve, then slowly open the pressure regulator valve 

and allow the gas measure to flow into the Tedlar bag. Once the Tedlar bag is full, shut the 

valve on the pressure regulator and on the Tedlar bag. 

4. Connect one end of 1/8 inch Tygon tubing to the Tedlar bag and one end to the sample inlet 

of GEM 2000, use 1/8 inch quick disconnect to connect tubing to GEM 2000. 

5. Once the instrument is on the appropriate screen, start opening the Tedlar bag fill/sample 

valve slowly and follow the steps below. 
2-6 

Methane and Carbon Dioxide Calibration Procedure: 

1. Turn the instrument on and press key 1-Menu. 

2. From the main menu, scroll down to select Field Calibration. 

3. Zero the CH4 as follows: 

a. Connect a zero CH4 gas mixture to the instrument following the setup procedure above 

and allow calibration gas mixture to flow slowly into the GEM inlet port by opening the 

Tedlar Bag fill/sample valve, you may use 2.0% O2/balance N2. Allow gas to flow for at 

least 30 seconds or until reading stabilizes. 

b. Press Calibration Menu, then Zero Channels. 

c. Press Zero CH4. 

4. Connect 50% CH4, 35% CO2 gas mixture to GEM 2000 following the set up procedure 

above and allow the calibration gas mixture to flow slowly into the GEM inlet port by 

opening the Tedlar Bag fill/sample valve. 

5. Allow gas to flow for 30 seconds, then Span gases as follows: 

a. Press 3-Edit Target Concentrations, and then enter gas concentrations by key in 

percentages as three digits for each gas in the corresponding column under row S. After 

keying in each value press Enter. 

b. Press enter Calibration Menu, then scroll down and press Enter to select Span Channels. 

c. Press Enter to select Span CH4 at 50%; the screen will prompt a message, “Calibration 

Complete”. 

d. Scroll down to select Span CO2 at 35%; the screen will prompt a message, “Calibration 

Complete”. 

e. Scroll down to select Span O2 at 2.0%; the screen will prompt a message, “Calibration 

Complete”. 

6. Continue allowing gas to flow into the instrument and check current readings (row R). If 

current reading is within ±0.5 %, repeat span calibration again. 

Oxygen Calibration Procedure 

1. Turn the instrument on and press key 1-Menu. 

2. From the main menu, scroll down to select Field Calibration. 

3. Zero the O2 as follows: 
2-7 

a. Connect a zero O2 gas mixture to the instrument following the set up procedure 

above and allow the calibration gas mixture to flow slowly into GEM inlet port by 

opening the Tedlar Bag fill/sample valve, you may use 50% CH4, 35% CO2, balance 

N2 mixture. Allow gas to flow for at least 30 seconds or until reading stabilizes. 

b. Press Calibration Menu, then Zero Channels. 

c. Scroll down and press enter Zero O2. 

4. Connect 2.0% O2/balance N2 mixture to the GEM 2000 following the set up procedure 

above and allow the calibration gas mixture to flow slowly into the GEM inlet port by 

opening the Tedlar Bag fill/sample valve. 

5. Allow gas to flow for 30 seconds, then span gases as follows: 

a. Press enter Calibration Menu, then scroll down and select Span Channels. 

b. Scroll down to select Span O2 at 2.0%, the screen will prompt a message 

“Calibration Complete”. 

6. Continue allowing gas to flow into the instrument and check current readings (row R). If the 

current reading is within ±0.5% of calibration gas concentration, calibration is satisfactory. 

7. If current reading is greater that ±0.5% range, repeat span calibrations again. 

2.4 LANDTEC GA-90 Landfill Gas Analyzer 

WARNING: The LANDTEC GA-90 is not certified as intrinsically safe. The following procedures 

MUST NOT be done in a confined space such as vaults, excavations, indoors, or where there is any 

chance of sparking or ignition. Ensure that exhaust gas is safe, not blocked and properly vented 

away from you. Ensure no leaks are present. Unless all above conditions are maintained, an 

explosion could result causing serious injury or death. 

Primary Calibration 

The GA-90 is a portable scientific field instrument that does require factory calibration using various 

gas mixtures in an environmental chamber at recommended six month intervals under normal 

landfill usage. Factory calibration has been designed to give the best possible results over a wide 

range of conditions; however, the instrument’s accuracy can be improved in specific operating 

ranges by performing “field calibration.” At any time, the GA-90 can be reset by returning to the 

“factory settings.” This clears the GA-90 of any user calibration setting and restores the GA-90 to 

its original factory calibration. 
2-8 

Field Calibration 

Field calibration should be performed prior to taking a series of gas or pressure readings. It is 

important to field calibrate the GA-90 on-site after the instrument has stabilized at working 

temperature. Field calibration is menu-guided and can be completed in about 10 minutes. 

To perform field calibration, the following items are required: 

1. gas mixture of 50% CH4 and 35% CO2; 

2. gas mixture of 2% O2 and 98% N2; 

3. pressure regulators for the above cylinders capable of regulating in the range of 0 to 5 

pound-force per square inch gauge (psig) fitted with connectors suitable for 1⁄4 inch Tygon 

tubing; 

4. regulator/flow meter capable of measuring in the range of 100 to 600 cubic centimeter (cc) 

per minute maximum with fitting suitable for 1⁄4 inch Tygon tubing or LANDTEC regulator 

which is set to deliver the required flow; and 

5. interconnecting lengths of 1⁄4 inch Tygon tubing. 

Gas Calibration 

1. Connect the calibration gas cylinder to the pressure regulator.

2. Connect the sample input line.

3. Connect a second 24 inches of 1⁄4 inch Tygon tubing to the exhaust nozzle of the GA-90. 

Direct exhaust away from you and out of the immediate area. 

4. Turn the calibration gas cylinder valve two turns. 

5. If using LANDTEC regulator, no flow meter is required. Turn off cylinder valve.

6. If not using the LANDTEC regulator, adjust the regulator discharge pressure to 2 psig and 

the flow meter to 300 cc per minute. Pinch the gas supply hose that will attach to the GA-90. 

 The regulator discharge pressure should not climb greater than 5 psig. Turn off the cylinder 

valve. 

7. Turn unit on by pressing the red on/off key. The warning screen will appear for five 

seconds. This is a reminder that the GA-90 is not to be used in confined areas such as vaults, 

excavations, or indoors. 

8. Press Key 0 to go to the Main Menu Screen. All GA-90 functions are accessed from the 

Main Menu Screen.

9. Press Key 1 “General Utilities” on the Main Menu Screen.
2-9 

10. Press Key 9 “More” followed by Key 5 “Gas Calibration”.

11. There are four possible choices. The first allows a field calibration to be performed on the 

GA-90 for CH4, the second for CO2, the third for O2, and the fourth returns the GA-90 to the 

original factory settings.

Methane Calibration- Zero Methane

1. Press Key 1 “CH4 Calibration”. 

2. Press Key 1 “Zero CH4”. A CH4 percentage will not display until the IR Bench warms up. 

A plus or negative sign may appear on the far left of the display. This symbol can be 

ignored. Note: Do not perform this procedure in the presence of CH4.

3. Pressing Key 5 “Pump” turns on the GA-90 sample pump. There should be no calibration 

hose attached to the GA-90 during this procedure. The GA-90 will be drawing in a sample 

of normal air which must be free of CH4. Run the pump for five minutes. 

4. Press Key 1 “Zero Level”. If the “CH4 Not Zeroed” Screen displays, return to the Gas 

Calibration Screen by pressing Key 0 “Exit”. Recheck that no CH4 was present and re-zero 

the CH4. If the problem persists, proceed to the Factory Settings Calibration section of this 

manual. 

5. When the “CH4 Zeroed OK” Screen appears, press Key 0 “Exit” to return to the CH4

Calibration Screen. Press Key 2 “Calibrate CH4 Span” and proceed to the next section. 

Methane Calibration- Methane Span 

1. Connect the 1⁄4 inch Tygon tubing from the calibration gas regulator/flow meter to the GA-90 

gas sample port. Attach, if not already attached, the Tygon tubing to the exhaust port of the 

GA-90. Direct the exhaust away from you and out of the immediate area. 

2. Turn on the calibration gas mixture of CH4 and CO2. The pump does not have to be on. 

3. If not using LANDTEC supplied regulator, check the calibration gas flow at 300 cc and 

pressure no greater than 2 psig. 

4. Allow calibration gas to flow into the GA-90 for two minutes or until the instrument gas 

reading stabilizes. After two minutes, read the CH4 gas concentration on the screen. It 

should be stable and not changing more than a few tenths of one percent at the 15% gas 

level, 1% at the higher gas level. 

5. Press Key 1 “Enter Gas Con” and input the CH4 concentration of the calibration gas using 

the keyboard. Enter the percentage as three digits (e.g., 50% CH4 would be input as 500). 

6. Press Key 0 “Exit”. A “Caution Re-Calibrate” Screen will appear. Press Key 1 “Yes” and 

one of two messages will appear: 
2-10 

a. If the “Calibration OK” Screen flashed, proceed to step seven. 

b. If the “Calibration Gas Not Accepted” Screen appears, press Key 1 “Yes” and reenter CH4 percentage. If the calibration gas percentage is still not accepted, press 

Key 0 “No” and start the procedure again from zero CH4. If the problem persists, 

proceed to Factory Settings Calibration section of this manual. 

7. If CO2 is to be calibrated, press Key 0 twice to return to the Gas Calibration Screen. 

8. If no further calibration is required, turn off the calibration gas cylinder. Remove gas hose 

attached to gas sample port. Leave the exhaust port hose connected. Turn on the pump and 

purge the instrument with air for 60 seconds (CH4 concentration should read 0.00%). Press 

Key 0 to return to Main Menu Screen. 

Carbon Dioxide Calibration 

1. Press Key 2 “CO2 Calibration” on the Gas Calibration Screen. 

2. Press Key 1 “Enter Gas Con”. Input the CO2 concentration of the calibration gas using the 

keyboard. Enter the percentage as three digits (e.g., 35% CO2 would be input as 350). Press 

Key 0 “Exit”. 

3. Press Key 1 “Yes” on the Caution Re-Calibrate Screen. One of two messages will appear. 

a. If the “Calibration OK” screen flashed, proceed to step four. 

b. If the “Calibration Gas Not Accepted” Screen appears, press Key 1 “Yes” and reenter the CO2 percentage. If the screen still appears, press Key 0 “No” and start the 

procedure again. If the problem persists, proceed to the Factory Setting Calibration 

section of this manual. 

4. If O2 is to be calibrated, press Key 0 to return to the Gas Calibration Screen. 

5. If no further calibration is required, turn off the calibration gas cylinder. Remove the gas 

hose attached to gas sample port. Leave the exhaust port hose connected. Turn on the pump 

and purge instrument with air for 60 seconds (CO2 concentration should read 0.00%). Press 

Key 0 twice to return to Main Menu Screen. 

Oxygen Calibration- Zero Oxygen 

1. There are two calibration gas mixtures used for the calibration of O2. The CH4/CO2

calibration gas previously used to calibrate the CH4 and CO2 and a second calibration gas 

with a mixture of O2 and N2 will be used to set the O2 level. 

2. Press Key 3 “O2 Calibration” on the Gas Calibration Screen. 

3. Press Key 1 “Zero O2”. Read the O2 Gas Concentration on the screen. It should read very 

near to 0.00% and not change more than a few tenths of one percent. 
2-11 

4. Press Key 1 “Zero Level”. One of two of the following screens will appear: 

a. If the “O2 NOT Zeroed” screen displays, return to the O2 Calibration Screen. 

Recheck hose for air leaks and that the calibration gas contains no O2. The gas used 

must be O2 free. Re-zero the O2. If the problem persists, proceed to instructions 

contained in the Factory Settings Calibration section of this manual. 

b. If the “O2 Zeroed OK” Screen displays, turn off the calibration gas and remove the 

hose to the GA-90 from the flow regulator. Press Key 0 “Exit” to return to the O2

Calibration Screen. 

Oxygen Calibration- Oxygen Span 

Note: The calibration gas used in this procedure is a mixture of O2 and balance gas. The O2

concentration by volume can be 2 to 5% with the remainder N2. The instructions assume a 4% 

O2/96% N2 mixture will be used. 

1. Press Key 2 “Calibrate O2 Span” on the O2 Calibration Screen. 

2. Change the calibration gas mixture to O2/N2. Install the regulator/flow meter on the new 

calibration gas mixture. Check and adjust the gas flow to 300 cc and pressure to 2 psig if not 

using the LANDTEC regulator/flow meter. Turn off the gas. 

3. Connect the 1⁄4 inch Tygon tubing from the calibration gas regulator/flow meter to the GA-90 

gas sample port. Attach, if not already attached, the Tygon tubing to the exhaust port of the 

GA-90. Direct the exhaust away from you and out of the immediate area. 

4. Turn on the calibration gas mixture. 

5. Check the calibration gas flow (300 cc) and pressure (2 psig) if not using the LANDTEC 

regulator. 

6. Allow the calibration gas to flow into the GA-90 for two minutes or until the O2 reading 

stabilizes. After two minutes, read the O2 gas concentration from the screen. It should be 

stable and not changing more than a few tenths of one percent. 

7. Press Key 1 “Enter Gas Con” and input the O2 concentration of the calibration gas using the 

keyboard. Enter the percentage using three digits (e.g., 2% O2 would be input as 020). Press 

Key 0 “Exit”. 

8. Press Key 1 “Yes” on the Caution Re-Calibrate Screen. One of two screens will appear. 

a. If the “Calibration Gas NOT Accepted” Screen appears, press Key 1 “Yes” and enter 

the percentage of O2 gas. If the screen still appears, press Key 0 “No” and return to 

the O2 Calibration Menu. Start the procedure again. If the problem persists, proceed 

to the Factory Settings Calibration section of this manual. 
2-12 

b. If the “Re-Calibrated OK” Screen appears, press Key 0 “Exit” to return to the O2

Calibration Screen. Turn off the calibration gas and remove the calibration gas hose 

attached to the gas sample port. Leave the exhaust port hose connected. Press Key 5 

“Pump” to purge instrument with air for 60 seconds. 

9. Optional Step Upper O2 Scale Calibration-The GA-90 was just calibrated on 0 to 5% O2

scale. The 5 to 21% scale can be calibrated using normal air. While on the O2 Calibration 

Screen press Key 5 “Pump” and enter an O2 concentration of 21.0% even though the screen 

will seldom reach more than 20.6%. You have just calibrated the upper O2 scale. To exit, 

press Key 0 until the Main Menu screen appears. 

Factory Settings Calibration 

Note: This procedure eliminates the field calibration done in the above procedures. It is sometimes 

necessary to bring the GA-90 back to factory settings before trying to field calibrate the unit. 

1. From the Gas Calibration Screen, press Key 5 “Factory Settings”. 

2. Press Key 1 “Yes”. 

3. After loading the factory setting, the CH4 and O2 calibration must be re-zeroed prior to use. 
3-1 

Section 3 Operation Procedures 

3.1 Horiba Multiparameter Probe 

1. After the probe is calibrated, immerse the sensor in the sample. 

2. Select the measurement item. Press the MEAS key to switch measurements. 

3. Record measurement data in the groundwater sampling log or store measurement data in the 

instrument memory. 

4. After completion of measurement, turn the power to the instrument off. 

5. Wash off the sensor using distilled water and then wipe off the water drops. 

6. Pour about 20 milliliters (ml) distilled water in the probe cap and install it on the sensor 

probe. 

3.2 MiniRAE 2000 Portable VOC Monitor 

1. After the MiniRAE 2000 is calibrated, it is ready for immediate operation. 

2. Press the MODE key for one second and release to turn on the instrument. The audio buzzer 

will beep once and the air pump will turn on. The display will show series of information as 

it runs through the start up menu. 

3. Then the “Ready...” message or the instantaneous reading display “0.0 ppm” is displayed. 

4. Press and hold the MODE key for five seconds to turn off the instrument. 

3.3 GEM 2000 Gas Meter 

1. After the GEM 2000 is calibrated, it is ready for immediate measurement. 

2. Turn the instrument on. The instrument will perform a self-test sequence taking 

approximately 20 seconds. 

3. Upon self-test completion, the instrument automatically enters the read gas levels screen. 

4. Connect well sample gas outlet to GEM 2000 and allow gas to flow into the GEM inlet port 

by opening the well sample outlet valve. 

5. Allow gas to flow for 30 seconds, then record and/or save readings. 

6. To turn the instrument off, press and hold the On/Off button for 15 seconds. 
3-2 

3.4 LANDTEC GA-90 Landfill Gas Analyzer 

1. After the LANDTEC GA-90 is calibrated, additional General Utilities functions should be 

addressed prior to sampling. 

a. Key 1 “Check Time/Date” to make sure the data collected is properly date stamped. 

b. Key 9 “More”, then Key 4 “Check Memory” to see if there is enough space in the 

GA-90 for the reading. Otherwise the memory will have to be cleared. 

c. Key 3 “Gas Alarms” if you wish to have the GA-90 alert you to unusual gas 

conditions. 

d. Key 7 “Battery” to check if the battery is charged. 

2. The proper hoses must be connected from the GA-90 to a wellhead in order to collect data. 

a. Connect the Tygon hose to the Sampling Port to measure pressure when connected to 

wellhead static pressure port by tubing. 

b. Connecting to the Pressure Port measures impact pressure when connected to 

wellhead impact pressure port by the tubing. 

c. The Exhaust Port must be kept clear. If blocked while operating, over pressurization 

and damage to internal components and the case could occur. 

d. The Receptacle Port is used for battery recharging, data downloading, and 

temperature readings. 

3. Press Key 2 on the Main Menu Screen. 

4. Press Key 1 “Yes” on the Read Using ID Screen. The Enter ID Screen will display. 

a. Press Key 1 “Scroll” to scroll through ID information. Press Key 2 to select the 

desired ID. 

b. Press Key 2 “Manual” on the Enter ID Screen to assign each monitoring point a 

unique identification. This code must be eight characters long and may be a 

combination of letters and numbers. Typically, the landfill name or an abbreviation 

is used for the first four characters and one letter and three numbers for the second 

four characters. Enter the ID code using number and/or letter mode (Use the BLUE 

Key to switch between numbers and letters). For letters, press Key 1 “Cursor Up” 

and/or Key 6 “Cursor-Down” and enter each letter by pressing Key 0 “Enter”. 

5. Once ID information has been correctly entered, press the Key 1 “Read Gas Levels” 
3-3 

Pressure Measurements 

1. If the ID requires a pressure measurement, a screen will ask whether you wish to zero. Press 

Key 1 for “Yes” and remove all hoses and press any key. Ensure that the pressure indicated 

is 000.00 in water (H2O). If not, zero again. 

2. Once pressure is zeroed, press Key 0 “Exit”. Reconnect the hose to the pressure port and 

press any key to continue. 

3. The well or probe pressure will be shown. Press Key 1 to store this reading. The Reading 

Stored Screen will be shown for three seconds before returning to the previous screen. An 

updated pressure may be stored by repeating this step. 

Gas Measurements 

1. To continue to gas measurement, press Key 0. After reconnecting the hose to the sample 

port, press any key. 

2. Press Key 5 “Pump” to turn the pump on and draw a gas sample. Allow readings on the left 

side of the screen to become stable (about 60 seconds) before pressing Key 6 “Store”. 

3. Press Key 5 “Pump” to turn the pump off. 

4. Press Key 1 “LEL” to display the Lower Explosive Limit Screen. Press Key 0 “Exit” when 

finished. 

Gas Sample Temperature and Probe Depth 

1. Press Key 2 “More” to display gas sample temperature and probe depth. 

2. Leading zeros must be inserted for both temperature and depth (e.g., 78 degrees Fahrenheit 

(°F) would be entered as 078 and 5 feet 6 inches would be entered as 00506). 

3. Press Key 6 “Store” and Key 4 “ID” to advance to next programmed ID. 

4. After pressing Key 4 “ID”, the pump will automatically shut off if it is still on. Press Key 5 

“Purge” and follow screen instructions to perform purge. You should purge after each 

sample. 

5. Press Key 1 “Next ID” to begin with the next sample and repeat above steps. If an alternate 

ID needs to be located, select Key 2 “Retry” and select an alternate ID. 

Read Gas-Logging Function 

Six hours of automatic gas data logging is possible as long as the batteries are fully charged. The 

logging time interval is from five to 60 minutes. The well to be logged must have an ID already 

stored.
3-4 

1. Connect hose to gas sample port. 

2. Press Key 8 to start the logging function. 

3. Input a sampling time interval of five to 60 minutes and press Key 0 to exit. 

4. The next screen allows the user to select the running time for the pump. There are five 

choices ranging from 15 to 90 seconds. Input a time and press Key 0 to exit. 

5. To end logging, press Key 0 “Stop Logging”. 
4-1 

Section 4 Maintenance Procedures 

4.1 Horiba Multiparameter Probe 

Sensor Probe 

After use, wash with distilled water and wipe off all contamination. Pour about 20 ml of distilled 

water into the probe cap, install it on the sensor probe, and store in the carrying case. 

In order to use the instrument regularly for a long time, store it after wiping off all contamination 

from the cable, sensor probe, and sensors. 

TEMP/COND/TURB Unit 

1. To remove contamination, remove the lid from the cell. 

2. Clean the unit in distilled water. If the unit is severely contaminated, use an absorbent cotton 

to remove contamination. 

3. Attach the lid to the cell block before storage. 

pH/ORP Sensor 

To remove contamination, use a piece of gauze dampened with detergent and wipe off the 

contamination. 

For long-term storage, remove the sensor from the sensor probe and check that the internal solution 

replenishment port is closed. Then, attach a seal to the liquid junction and attach the rubber caps 

before storage. 

For monthly maintenance, replace the internal solution as described below: 

1. remove the sensor from the sensor probe using a sensor spanner; 

2. open the internal solution replenishment rubber stopper and remove the internal solution 

with a syringe; 

3. inject new internal solution to the level near the rubber stopper. Be careful to avoid air 

bubbles from coming in the solution; and 

4. attach the sensor to the sensor probe. 

DO Sensor 

To remove contamination, wipe off contamination with gauze to avoid damage to the diaphragm. 
4-2 

For long-term storage, remove the DO sensor from the sensor probe using a sensor spanner. Set the 

supplied short socket and store the sensor in a cool (0 to 10 oC), dark place. 

To replace the diaphragm: 

1. Cut a diaphragm sheet to about 3 x 3 centimeters (cm) in size. Do not get any fingerprints or 

dust on the center part of the square. 

2. Detach the DO sensor from the sensor probe. 

3. Detach the protection tube that holds the diaphragm in place. 

4. Detach the diaphragm retaining ring and diaphragm. Replace the diaphragm retaining ring 

and diaphragm if damaged or no longer functional. 

5. Set the sensor in the replacement stand and fill the internal solution with the attached syringe 

until the sensor tip is soaked with the solution. 

6. Fit the diaphragm retaining ring into the diaphragm retaining plate. Then, lay the diaphragm 

over the sensor and carefully cover with the ring and plate so that the diaphragm does not 

wrinkle. Finally, remove the retaining plate. 

7. Cut the draped edge of the diaphragm to the shape of the sensor. 

8. Check that there are no bubbles inside the sensor and tighten the protection tube securely. 

9. Check that the diaphragm is tightly attached and that it is not wrinkled. 

4.2 MiniRAE 2000 Portable VOC Monitor 

Battery Charging and Replacement 

Recharge the MiniRAE 2000 before and after fieldwork. A fully charged battery runs a MiniRAE 

2000 monitor for 10 hours continuously. The charging time is less than 10 hours for a fully 

discharged battery. The battery may be replaced in the field (in an area known to be non-hazardous) 

if required. 

Replacing Battery Pack 

1. Turn off the power of the MiniRAE 2000. 

2. Unscrew the two battery compartment screws located on the bottom of the monitor and 

remove the cover. 

3. Remove the battery pack from the compartment. 
4-3 

4. Replace with a fully charged spare battery pack inside the battery compartment. Make sure 

the battery pack is oriented properly inside the compartment. 

5. Close the battery cover and tighten the two screws. 

Replacing Alkaline Battery Adapter 

1. Insert four fresh “AA” size alkaline batteries into the alkaline battery holder. Make sure that 

the polarity of the batteries is correct. 

2. Follow the same procedure as described above to replace the battery holder. 

Note: The internal charging circuit is designed to prevent charging to alkaline batteries. 

PID Sensor and Lamp Cleaning/Replacement 

Note: Normally the cleaning procedure is not needed. Clean the PID sensor module, the lamp, and 

the lamp housing only when one of the following happened: 

1. the reading is inaccurate even after calibration; 

2. the reading is very sensitive to air moisture; or 

3. a chemical liquid has entered into the unit and damaged the unit. 

Use of the water trap filter will help prevent contamination. 

To access the sensor components and lamp, gently unscrew the lamp-housing cap. Remove the 

sensor adapter with the gas inlet probe and the metal filter together. Then, hold the PID sensor and 

pull straight out to avoid bending the electrical pins on the sensor. A slight gentle rocking motion 

helps to release the sensor. 

To Clean the PID Sensor: 

1. Place the entire PID sensor module into analytical grade methanol. 

2. Dry the sensor thoroughly. Never touch the electrodes of the sensor by hand.

3. Use a methanol-soaked cotton swab to wipe off the lamp housing where it contacts the 

sensor when the sensor is installed. 

4. Turn over the sensor so that the pins point out and up and the sensor cavity is visible. 

Examine the sensor electrodes for any corrosion, damage, or bending out of alignment. The 

metal sensor electrode “fingers” should be flat and straight. If necessary, carefully bend the 

sensor fingers to ensure that they do not touch the Teflon portions and that they are parallel 

to each other. Make sure that the nuts on the sensor pins are snug but not over tight. If the 

sensor is corroded or otherwise damaged, it should be replaced. 
4-4 

4.3 GEM 2000 Gas Meter 

Battery/Charging 

The battery used in the GEM 2000 is a Nickel Metal Hydride manufactured as an encapsulated pack 

from six individual cells. This type of battery is not susceptible to “memory effects” although it is 

not recommended that the unit be given short-term charges. When the flashing light emitting diode 

(LED) indicates “Charging Complete”, disconnect the charger. 

The battery charger indicates when the unit is charging, charged, or if there is a fault. A full charge 

should take approximately two hours. 

Taking Probe Readings 

Prior to going to the test site, ensure: 

• the water trap has a clean and dry filter; 

• the inlet-port particulate filter is clean and dry; 

• a supply of spare filters is available; 

• the battery has a good charge; 

• the CH4, CO2, and O2 readings have been auto-zeroed, without gas concentration present; 

and 

• check the span calibration with a known concentration calibration gas. 

Travel to the site with the instrument in the vehicle’s interior – not in the trunk or truck bed, where it 

may be subjected to extremes of temperature and possible shock damage. This may cause erroneous 

readings. 

When moving around the site, protect the instrument from strong direct sunlight, heavy rain, or 

wind-chill. Strong direct sunlight can raise the temperature of the instrument beyond its operating 

range. If this occurs, the liquid crystal display (LCD) will appear almost black and the contrast 

setting cannot alter the contrast. 

4.4 LANDTEC GA-90 Landfill Gas Analyzer 

Battery/Charging 

The internal battery pack of the GA-90 is designed to be recharged many times but as with all 

nickel-cadmium cells, certain rules should be observed or the batteries will not provide their full 

power or charge cycles. 
4-5 

1. Discharge the batteries by setting logging function for a five minute interval and pump 

running to 90 seconds. The unit will run until batteries are discharged. 

2. Charge batteries for at least 14 hours. LANDTEC chargers will not over charge batteries. 

3. Never try to operate the GA-90 while batteries are charging. 

4. When charging the battery overnight, lay the GA-90 flat or stand upright. 

5. If the unit is to be stored for a long period, charge the internal batteries prior to storage. Recharge the unit every two months during storage and store flat or the O2 sensor may 

ultimately dry out. This condition can be corrected with normal use. 

Battery Shut-Off 

A circuit within the GA-90 continuously monitors the battery voltage. If the battery voltage falls 

below a predetermined level, the unit will automatically shut itself off in order to prevent memory 

loss. If the unit shuts itself off, the unit requires a full charge of 14 hours to restore the battery to its 

maximum level. 

Battery Low Symbol 

When the battery voltage drops below 60% capacity, a Battery Symbol will appear on the top right 

corner of the display screen. Approximately two hours of full pump power remain when the symbol 

is displayed. 

Automatic Power-Off 

The GA-90 has an automatic power-off time to conserve battery power. If no key is pressed for 15 

minutes, the unit will automatically switch itself off (no stored readings will be lost). 

Emergency Battery Power 

In emergencies, the GA-90 may be operated with six “C” sized alkaline batteries. To use alkaline 

cells, remove the nickel-cadmium battery pack by using a Phillips screw driver on the back battery 

compartment and insert the “C” cells. DO NOT use the battery charger in conjunction with standard 

alkaline batteries. They can explode if re-charged. 

Cleaning 

The polycarbonate membrane panel may be wiped clean with soapy water and a damp cloth if 

required. 

Dust Caps 

Always keep the protective dust caps in place when ports and connectors are not in use. 
4-6 

Filters 

The unit is equipped with two filters. One filter is in-line in the sample hose and can be easily 

accessed by unscrewing the filter holder. The second filter is located just inside the sample port 

inlet. This filter can be accessed by unscrewing (counter-clockwise) the port using a screwdriver or 

small coin. Inspection/replacement instructions are as follows: 

1. Both filters are sealed with o-rings. Periodically inspect the o-rings to check their condition. 

Replace the o-rings when they become nicked, cut, swelled, or otherwise damaged. DO 

NOT OVERTIGHTEN O-RINGS. 

2. Replace the filter when the sample pump has difficulty drawing a sample of gas into the unit 

or a “Flow Fail” message appears on the screen and a continuous audible warning is heard. 

Storage and Travel 

1. Store the GA-90 in its protective hard case when taking it from site to site. 

2. When in use, keep the GA-90 in its protective soft case. 

3. The unit should not be left out in direct sunlight for long periods of time as this will raise the 

temperature inside the case which could cause damage to components. The GA-90 may not 

operate or may operate erratically if it gets too hot. Let it cool before trying to use. 

 
5-1 

Section 5 Documentation 

The Field Team Leader and Site Health and Safety Officer will review calibration and maintenance 

records on a regular basis to ensure that required maintenance is being performed. These activities 

will be recorded in the field logbook to document that established calibration and maintenance 

procedures have been followed. Entries made on the equipment calibration log regarding the status 

of any field equipment will contain, but are not necessarily limited to, the following information: 

• date and time of calibration; 

• name of person conducting the calibration; 

• type of equipment being serviced, and identification number (such as serial number); 

• reference standard used for calibration (such as pH buffer solutions); 

• calibration and/or maintenance procedure used; and 

• other pertinent information. 

Field instruments will be checked and calibrated prior to their use on site, and batteries will be 

charged and checked daily where applicable. Equipment that fails calibration and/or becomes 

otherwise inoperable during the field investigation will be removed from service and segregated to 

prevent inadvertent use. Such equipment will be properly tagged to indicate that it should not be 

used until the nature of the problem can be determined. Equipment requiring repair or recalibration 

must be approved for use by the Site Manager or Site Health and Safety Officer prior to placement 

back into service. Equipment that cannot be repaired or recalibrated will be replaced. 

All field instruments will be properly protected against inclement weather conditions during the field 

investigation. Each instrument is specially designed to maintain its operating integrity during 

variable temperature ranges that are representative of ranges that will be encountered during 

expected working conditions. At the end of each working day, all field equipment will be taken out 

of the field and placed in a dry room for overnight storage. 
5-2 

This page is intentionally left blank.
Table 5-1: Field Equipment Calibration and Maintenance

Equipment Calibration Procedure Calibration Frequency MaintenaHoriba U22 Multiparameter Probe 

Two-point calibrate instrument. Auto calibrate instrument. 

Every six months. Before each day's use. 

Wash probReplace OReplace DCheck bat

MiniRAE 2000 Factory calibrate instrument. 

Calibrate using 100 ppm isobutylene. 

Annually. Before each day's use. 

Charge ba

GEM 2000 Factory calibrate instrument. 

Calibrate instrument using standard gas mixtures. 

Annually. Before each day's use. 

Charge ba

LANDTEC GA-90 

Factory calibrate instrument. Calibrate instrument using calibration gases. 

Every six months. Before each day’s use. 

Charge baReplace fi

Appendix A: Equipment Calibration Log 

Equipment Calibration Log 

Project Name: Project No. 

DATE TIME INITIALS INSTRUMENT 

CALIBRATION 

SOLUTION OR 

GAS 

CONCENTRATION 

ADJUSTMENTS 

REQUIRED AND 

COMMENTS 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Appendix B: Groundwater Sampling Log, 

Soil Boring Log, and Landfill Gas 

Monitoring Log 

WELL ID: LOCATION: PROJECT NO:

INITIAL WATER LEVEL: DATE: TIME:

TOTAL DEPTH OF WELL: PERSONNEL INVOLVED:

LENGTH OF SATURATED ZONE: WEATHER CONDITIONS:

VOLUME OF WATER TO BE REMOVED: METHOD OF REMOVAL:

WATER LEVEL AFTER PURGING: PUMPING RATE: 

WELL PURGE DATA:

TIME VOLUME 

REMOVED pH COND 

(mS/cm)

TURBIDITY 

(NTU) DO (mg/l) TEMP (o

C) SALINITY 

(%)

REDOX (ORP)

(mV)

SAMPLE RETRIEVAL METHOD: APPEARANCE OF SAMPLE: 

COLOR

SAMPLE ID: TURBIDITY

SAMPLE COLLECTION TIME: SEDIMENT

SAMPLED BY: OTHER

COMMENTS AND OBSERVATIONS:

LABORATORY ANALYSIS PARAMETERS AND PRESERVATIVES:

NUMBER AND TYPES OF SAMPLE CONTAINERS FILLED:

DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURES:

SAMPLES DELIVERED TO: TRANSPORTERS:

SAMPLE DELIVERY DATE: SAMPLE DELIVERY TIME:

CAPACITY OF CASING (GALLONS/LINEAR FOOT)

2"-0.16; 4"-0.65; 6"-1.47; 8"-2.61; 10"-4.08; 12"-5.87

GROUNDWATER SAMPLING LOG

SOIL BORING LOG

Project Name: BORING:

Project Number: SHEET: _____of _____

Date: Drilled By: Rig Type:

Logged By: Sampling Method: Hammer Weight (lb):

Total Depth (ft): Sampling Equipment: Hammer Drop (in):

Water Depth (ftDuring Drilling _______Hours After _______ Hours After

Northing (ft): Easting (ft): Elevation (ft):

Borehole Backfill: Comments:

Samples

Depth(feet)TypeNumberSampling ResistanceRecoveryPID Reading (ppm)Graphic Log

Material Description

Notes

Notes: Sample Types: B = Bulk, CAL = California Spoon, GEO = Geoprobe, SS = Split Spoon

T = trace, S = slight, M = moderate, H = highly, ft = feet, ppm = parts per million

NA = not applicable, NE = not encountered, PID = photoionization detector

Landfill Gas Monitoring Log 

Project Name: 

Project No.: Instrument Type/No.: 

Date: Calibration Date: 

Sampler: Ambient Air Readings: 

 CH4: 

 CO2: 

 O2: 

 Hg: 

Gas 

Vent/Probe No. CH4

1

 CO2

1

 O2

1 Pressure 

(mmHg) % LEL2 Sample 

Time Remarks 

Gas Vents: Closed Open 

GV-01 

GV-02 

GV-03 

GV-04 

GV-05 

GV-06 

GV-07 

GV-08 

GV-09 

Gas Probes: 

GP-01 

GP-02 

GP-03 

GP-04 

GP-05 

 

Office 

Structure: 

 Notes: 

 1Gas concentrations are shown as percent volume 2LEL = lower explosive limit which is 5% by volume for methane (CH4) 

 Comments: 

 

 

 

 

Appendix C: Certificate of 

Calibration/Equipment User Logs 

Certificate of Calibration/Equipment User Log 

Instrument Name: LANDTEC GA-90 Landfill Gas Analyzer

CERTIFICATE OF CALIBRATION 

Date Calibrated Expiration Comments 

29-Jan-10 29-Jul-10 

 

EQUIPMENT USER LOG 

User Name 

Date Date 

Out Returned Comments 

 

Certificate of Calibration/Equipment User Log 

Instrument Name: MiniRAE 2000 Portable VOC Monitor

CERTIFICATE OF CALIBRATION 

Date Calibrated Expiration Comments 

27-Feb-10 27-Feb-10 

 

EQUIPMENT USER LOG 

User Name 

Date Date 

Out Returned Comments 

 

Certificate of Calibration/Equipment User Log 

Instrument Name: GEM 2000 Gas Meter

CERTIFICATE OF CALIBRATION 

Date Calibrated Expiration Comments 

 

 

EQUIPMENT USER LOG 

User Name 

Date Date 

Out Returned Comments 

 

Certificate of Calibration/Equipment User Log 

Instrument Name: Horiba Multiparameter Probe

CERTIFICATE OF CALIBRATION 

Date Calibrated Expiration Comments 

 

 

EQUIPMENT USER LOG 

User Name 

Date Date 

Out Returned Comments 

 











 STANDARD OPERATING 

PROCEDURE 

HEARING CONSERVATION 

Page 1 of 6 

June 2007 

Environet, Inc. 

PRESERVING EARTH’S RESOURCES FOR THE FUTURE

Environet 

2850 Pa‘a Street, Suite 212 

Honolulu, Hawai‘i 96819 
Page 2 of 6 

Table of Contents 

Section 1 Purpose......................................................................................................................3

Section 2 Hazard Information..................................................................................................3

Section 3 Requirements ............................................................................................................3

Section 4 Responsibilities .........................................................................................................4

Section 5 Noise Exposure Monitoring .....................................................................................4

Section 6 Training.....................................................................................................................4

Section 7 Hearing Protectors....................................................................................................5

Section 8 Audiometric Testing..................................................................................................5

Section 9 Access to Information, Recordkeeping ....................................................................6
Page 3 of 6 

Section 1 Purpose 

The purpose of this Operating Procedure (OP) is to establish Environet, Inc. (EI) procedures and 

responsibilities for the administration of a hearing conservation program. A proper hearing 

conservation program will reduce the risk of occupationally induced hearing loss and provide 

education and guidance for the prevention of "lifestyle" induced hearing loss. 

Section 2 Hazard Information 

Excessive noise exposure can cause both temporary and permanent effects on hearing. The 

temporary effects of excessive noise include ringing in the ears, interference with 

communication, and hearing threshold changes. The effect of long-term excessive noise 

includes varying degrees of noise induced hearing loss. 

The damaging effects of noise are dependent on the noise intensity (decibels), the time of 

exposure, the noise frequency (Hertz), and individual susceptibility. The Occupational Safety 

and Health Administration (OSHA) Permissible Exposure Limits (PELs) and American 

Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) Threshold Limit Values (TLVs) set 

exposure limits based on exposure per day (in hours) and sound intensity (in decibels A scale or 

dBA). Exposures above these limits require use of hearing protection (plugs or muffs) to reduce 

the sound level or the use of noise engineering controls to reduce the sound level. 

It is known that noise intensity above 85 dBA for prolonged periods will induce hearing loss. 

Eighty-five dBA represents a noise level where normal conversation is difficult and individuals 

will be shouting or talking into the ear of the person to be understood. 

Section 3 Requirements 

OSHA regulations issued in late 1981 require a hearing conservation program for workers 

exposed to 85 dBA as an 8-hour time-weighted average. 

The OSHA regulation addresses several requirements for a good hearing conservation program. 

These requirements are as follows: 
Page 4 of 6 

 Noise exposure monitoring 

 Audiometric testing 

 Hearing protectors 

 Training programs 

 Access to information 

 Recordkeeping and posting 

Section 4 Responsibilities 

Each employee has the responsibility to comply with all aspects of this Operating Procedure. 

Managers with input from the Health and Safety Officer (HSO)'s and Site Safety Officer (SSO)'s 

are responsible for enforcing the provisions of this Operating Procedure as it applies to field 

work. Scheduling of audiograms (accomplished through Medical Surveillance) and training are 

the responsibility of the HSO and Corporate Health and Safety Officer (CHSO). 

Section 5 Noise Exposure Monitoring 

The SSO with assistance from the HSO and/or CHSO will determine when noise monitoring is 

required for jobs where EI employees are potentially exposed to excessive noise. The SSO/HSO 

will perform noise monitoring as necessary and make recommendations to assure compliance 

with Section 212.3 of this Operating Procedure. Engineering controls, ear protection, and 

posting may be required to comply with Section 212.3. In jobs where EI is working in a client's 

noisy area, EI personnel will comply with the client's existing hearing conservation program. If 

a client has a noisy area and has no hearing conservation program, EI will establish a plan for its 

employees and subcontractors to be in compliance with Section 212.3. 

Section 6 Training 

All workers required to wear hearing protectors will be trained in their proper use. In addition, 

all workers who may be exposed to greater than 85 dBA will be provided refresher training. 
Page 5 of 6 

This training will include at least the following: (1) Effects of noise on hearing; (2) the purpose, 

selection, fitting, use and care of hearing protectors; and (3) the purpose of audiometric testing 

and an explanation of the test procedure. 

Section 7 Hearing Protectors 

When hearing protectors are required the employee must have received training on the proper 

use. Proper noise reduction ratings will be applied by the HSO/CHSO to the noise in the 

environment. 

Hearing protectors act as barriers to reduce sound entering the ear. Noise Reduction Ratings 

(NRR) for each product reflects the effectiveness of the protector chosen. Generally, muffs offer 

a greater NRR (25-30 dBA) than plugs (15-25 dBA). Comfort is an important factor when 

wearing ear protection over many hours; it is recommended to try different types of plugs or 

muffs to determine the best combination of comfort and fit. 

Section 8 Audiometric Testing 

Audiograms are administered upon employment and annually/biennially thereafter. The 

audiograms are conducted by the medical clinics approved for EI physicals and must meet all the 

applicable requirements (including Appendices C, D, and E of the OSHA Std. Title 29 Code of 

Federal Regulations (CFR) 1910.95). The local medical clinic in consultation with Greaney 

Medical will comply with applicable provisions of Title 29 CFR 1910.95(g) with regard to 

recordkeeping. 
Page 6 of 6 

Section 9 Access to Information, 

Recordkeeping 

Each office shall have a copy of Title 29 CFR 1910.95 available for any employee requesting 

access to the standard. Employee training aids shall also be available to any employee. All 

noise monitoring data shall be retained for at least two years and Greaney Medical shall maintain 

the audiometric results for thirty years beyond the last date of employment. 
 STANDARD OPERATING 

PROCEDURE 

INCIDENT REPORTING 

Page 1 of 5 

June 2007 

Environet, Inc. 

PRESERVING EARTH’S RESOURCES FOR THE FUTURE

Environet 

2850 Pa‘a Street, Suite 212 

Honolulu, Hawai‘i 96819 
Page 2 of 5 

Table of Contents 

Section 1 Purpose and Scope....................................................................................................3

Section 2 Definitions.................................................................................................................3

Section 3 Reporting Procedures ...............................................................................................3

3.1 Reporting Format.............................................................................................................3 

3.2 Responsible Party ............................................................................................................3 

3.3 Filing................................................................................................................................3 

3.4 Major Incidents................................................................................................................4 
Section 1 Purpose and Scope 

All safety and health incidents shall be reported to Environet (EI) management and Safety and 

Health Coordinator. Prompt investigation and reporting of incidents will reduce the risk of future 

incidents, better protect EI employees, and reduce EI liability. 

Section 2 Definitions 

A safety and health incident is any event listed below: 

 Illness resulting from chemical exposure or suspected chemical exposure. 

 Physical injury to EI employees or subcontractors regardless of whether the injury 

requires medical attention. 

 Fire or explosion resulting from activities performed by EI and its subcontractors. 

 Property damage resulting from activities performed by EI and its subcontractors. 

 Vehicular accidents occurring on-site, while traveling to and from client locations, or 

with any company-owned vehicle. 

 Infractions of safety rules and requirements. 

 Unexpected chemical exposures. 

 Complaints from the public regarding EI field operations. 

Section 3 Reporting Procedures 

3.1 Reporting Format 

Incident reports shall be prepared by completing Form SOP-103. This form may be obtained from 

any EI Health and Safety Officer (HSO) and is attached to this operating procedure. 

3.2 Responsible Party 

Reports of incidents occurring in the field shall be prepared by the Site HSO or, in the absence of the 

Site HSO, the supervising field engineer, witness, or injured/exposed individual. 

3.3 Filing 

A report must be submitted to the Safety and Health Coordinator within 24 hours of each incident 

involving medical treatment. The Safety and Health Coordinator will deliver a copy of the report to 

Page 3 of 5 
Page 4 of 5 

the Vice President of Operations within 48 hours of each qualifying incident so that a Worker's 

Compensation Insurance Report can be filed if necessary. 

3.4 Major Incidents 

Incidents that include fatalities, hospitalization of employees or subcontractors, or involve 

injury/illness of the public shall be reported to the Project Manager and Safety and Health 

Coordinator as soon as possible. Any contact with the media should be referred to the Project 

Manager and Vice President of Operations. Major incidents that result in death or injury to 3 or 

more persons admitted to a hospital or damages in excess of $200,000 shall be reported to the 

Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 
 EI SAFETY AND HEALTH INCIDENT REPORT 

Project Name: _____________________ 

Project Number: ______________________ 

Date of Incident: _____________________ 

Time of Incident: _____________________ 

Location: _____________________ 

 _____________________ 

TYPE OF INCIDENT (Check all applicable items) 

 Illness  Fire, explosion, flash 

 Injury  Unexpected exposure 

 Property Damage  Vehicular Accident 

 Health & Safety Infraction 

 Other (describe) _____________________________ 

DESCRIPTION OF INCIDENT (Describe what happened and possible cause. Identify individual involved, witnesses, and their 

affiliations; and describe emergency or corrective action taken. Attach additional sheets, drawings, or photographs as needed.) 

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________ 

Reporting Person: 

_______________________________ 

 Print Name 

________________________________

_ 

 Signature 

 ___________________ 

 Date 

Reporting person must deliver this report to the EI Safety and Health Coordinator within 24 hours of the reported incident if medical 

treatment was required and within five days for all other incidents. 

Reviewed by: ____________________________________________ ___________________ 

 Safety and Health Coordinator Date 

Distribution: 

 - Vice President of Operations 

 - Project Manager 

Page 5 of 5 
Page 1 of 11 

 STANDARD OPERATING 

PROCEDURE 

SAMPLE HANDLING AND 

SHIPPING 

June 2007 

 Environet, Inc. 

 PRESERVING EARTH’S RESOURCES FOR THE FUTURE

2850 Pa‘a Street, Suite 212 

Honolulu, Hawai‘i 96819 
Page 2 of 11 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Section 1 Purpose and Scope....................................................................................................3

Section 2 Responsible Personnel..............................................................................................4

Section 3 Material and Equipment...........................................................................................5

Section 4 Procedures.................................................................................................................6

4.1 Sample Containers and Presvative...................................................................................6 

4.2 Container Labeling, Decontamination, and Field Packaging ..........................................6 

4.3 Chain of Custody .............................................................................................................7 

4.3.1 Tampering of Sample Containers .............................................................................7 

4.3.2 Chain of Custody Form.............................................................................................8 

4.4 Field Data Documentation...............................................................................................8 

4.5 Packaging and Shipping...................................................................................................9 

List of Forms 

Chain of Custody 
Page 3 of 11 

Section 1

Purpose and Scope 

This document defines the standard operating procedure (SOP) for sample handling and 

shipping including containerizing, preserving, handling, and shipping of samples collected 

during the site sample handling. This SOP serves as a supplement to the project work plan. 
Page 4 of 11 

Section 2

Responsible Personnel 

The Environet Site Manager is responsible for conducting and/or overseeing sample, 

handling, and shipping. The project organization and responsibilities are outlined in the 

project work plan. 
Page 5 of 11 

Section 3

Material and Equipment 

The following list of equipment is not intended to be task specific. The equipment and 

materials listed may be needed for sample handling, packaging, and shipping. 

• 12 x 12 inch re-sealable plastic bags 

• Large plastic trash bags 

• Blue ice 

• Shipping coolers (sample transport) 

• Bubble wrap 

• Latex gloves 

• Self-adhesive sample labels 

• Shipping Labels (i.e., "Fragile", "This Side Up", etc.) 

• Shipping forms (provided by shipping courier) 

• Tape (i.e., clear cellophane tape, packing tape (reinforced strapping or duct), and 

custody sealing tape) 

• Detergent for sample container exterior decontamination (phosphate free) 

• Refrigerator 

• Wash/rinse tubs with brushes 

• Distilled/deionized water (DI water) 

• Pre-certified clean sample containers (e.g., glass, polyethylene), as specified in 

the SAP 

• 4 x 4 inch Teflon® film (for capping core tubes, if used) 

• Preservatives (e.g., hydrochloric acid, nitric acid), as specified in SAP 

• pH paper 

• Paper towels 

• Disposable pipettes and bulb 
Page 6 of 11 

Section 4

Procedures 

The following procedures for containerizing, preserving, handling, and shipping samples 

meet criteria as specified by United States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) guidelines. 

4.1 Sample Containers and Preservative 

Only sample containers certified as clean by the manufacturer or laboratory and meeting 

contract requirements will be used for environmental sample collection. The containers and 

preservatives may be obtained from the contracted analytical laboratory, their designated 

supplier, or a suitable supply company. Any preservative(s) required may be added to the 

container by the contracted analytical laboratory, field sampling team, and/or on-site chemist 

prior to, during or after sample collection (with the exception of volatiles). 

Recommended sample containers, preservatives, and holding times for analytical methods, 

are shown in the Sampling and Analysis Plan (SAP). 

4.2 Container Labeling, Decontamination, and Field 

Packaging 

The sample bottles will be labeled by the field sampling team. Collection time and date will 

be completed in the field by the sampler. The labels will be filled out at the time of collection 

and indicate: 

• Activity name and/or number 

• Unique sample number 

• Sample time and date 

• Chemical preservative used 

• Sample type (grab, composite) 

• Analyses required 

• Filtered/unfiltered 

• Comments or special precautions, as needed 

• Sampler's initials 

The sample label will be marked with a waterproof pen. Clear tape will be placed over labels 

before sampling to assure that the labels remain legible. 

After sampling, the exterior of the sample containers will be decontaminated according to the 

Decontamination SOP, and placed in coolers dedicated for sample transportation. The 

collected samples will be immediately placed in a cooler packed with wet ice, or other 
Page 7 of 11 

appropriate means to bring the sample temperatures to 4° ± 2°C. Samples will not be frozen. 

The temperature in the coolers will be maintained at approximately 4°C by adding sealed 

plastic bags containing blue ice (or an equivalent) to the coolers. 

4.3 Chain of Custody 

Official custody of samples will be maintained and documented from the time of collection 

until the time that valid analytical results have been obtained or the laboratory has been 

released to dispose of the samples. The sampling team will be responsible for initiating the 

original chain of custody (COC) and will sign and date the COC when relinquishing sample 

custody. The COC and sample labels will be checked to verify that samples are accounted for 

and in good condition, and that no errors were made. 

A sample is considered to be in a person's custody if any of the following conditions are met: 

• The sample is in the person's physical possession. 

• The sample is in the line of sight of the person after they have taken possession. 

• The sample is secured by that person to prohibit any tampering. 

• A sample is secured by the person in possession in an area which only authorized 

personnel can enter. 

4.3.1 Tampering of Sample Containers 

If, at any time after samples have been secured, custody seals on the cooler are identified as 

having been tampered with, this procedure will be followed to ensure that sample integrity 

has not been compromised. 

• Check cooler to verify the temperature is between 2°C to 6°C. 

• Check with personnel having access to sample coolers to verify possible 

inadvertent tampering. 

• Check every sample container for any signs of tampering, such as loose lids, 

foreign objects in containers, broken or leaking containers, etc. 

• Verify adequate and appropriate packaging. 

• Document findings of the incident in the sample manager's logbook. 

If it is determined that malicious tampering of samples has occurred and/or it is believed that 

sample integrity has been compromised, the subcontractor will immediately contact the site 

manager. 

If it can be determined that sample integrity has not been compromised based on the above 

criteria, document findings in a logbook. 
Page 8 of 11 

4.3.2 Chain of Custody Form 

A three-page carbonless COC form will be used. A COC is shown at the end of this SOP. 

The original and second (or yellow) copy will be included with the samples to be shipped 

enclosed in a plastic bag and taped inside the lid of the cooler. The third (or pink) copy will 

be sent to the Environet Data/Sample Manager, and the photocopy of the original will remain 

on file with the field personnel. The contract laboratory will sign as having received the 

samples and return the yellow copy of the COC to Environet for verification by the Environet 

Data/Sample Manager. The yellow and pink copies will then be matched and filed to 

complete the chain of custody procedure for the field sampling efforts. The white (original) 

will be placed in the appropriate data package by the laboratory. The COC will include the 

following information: 

• Unique sample number and sample location 

• Project number 

• Date and time of sample collection 

• Signature or initials of collector or field custodian 

• Laboratory designation 

• Sample matrix 

• Condition of sample cooler on receipt at the laboratory (includes temperature 

inside the cooler) 

• COC number 

• Signature and date blocks for personnel relinquishing or receiving sample custody 

• Space for additional comments 

• Name and phone number of emergency contact person 

• Analyses requested 

• Preservatives added to the sample 

• Any nonconformance with this SOP identified by the laboratory 

4.4 Field Data Documentation 

Field descriptions, measurements, and observations will be recorded on the appropriate field 

data forms or logbook in accordance with the SAP and appropriate SOPs. The original data 

forms will be collected and filed on-site by the designated staff. Data will also be recorded in 

field logbooks. Field data will be filled out at the time a sample is taken and will include, but 

not be limited to, the following information: 

• Sampling activity name and number 

• Sampling point name and number 

• Sample number 

• Name(s) of collector(s) and others present 

• Date and time of sample collection 

• Sample container tag/label number (if appropriate) 

• Preservative(s) used 
Page 9 of 11 

• Requested analyses 

• Sample matrix 

• Filtered/unfiltered 

• Designation of QC samples (ONLY for MS and MSD) 

• Collection methods 

• COC numbers 

• Field observations and measurements during sampling (comment section) 

• Signature of responsible observer 

4.5 Packaging and Shipping 

Samples will be packaged properly to prevent breakage of containers, leakage of contents, 

and to ensure the samples arrive at the analytical laboratory within the required temperature 

range of 2°C to 6°C. The following procedures will be followed during the packaging and 

shipping process. 

• Check container lids and tighten as necessary. 

• Wrap individual sample containers, if glass, with bubble wrap. 

• Place sample containers in re-sealable plastic bags as secondary containment. 

• Place sufficient amounts of bubble wrap in the bottom and sides of the shipping 

cooler to prevent movement of contents. 

• Add double bagged ice to the cooler in quantities adequate to maintain required 

temperature of 2°C to 6°C. Line the bottom, sides and top of cooler to ensure 

proper shipment temperature. (Using six pieces of blue ice per 48 qt. cooler is not 

uncommon) 

• Line the inside of the area created by the ice placement with a plastic trash bag 

and place the wrapped samples inside in an upright position. 

• Tie shut the trash bag holding the samples. 

• Fill excess space in the cooler with packing material (i.e. bubble wrap) to prevent 

movement of sample containers. 

• Review the previously completed COC paperwork and sample packaging before 

proceeding. 

• The white and yellow portions of the COC are then placed inside a plastic bag, 

and taped inside of the cooler lid. 

• Close the cooler lid and seal with appropriate packaging tape in a manner to 

prevent inadvertent opening during shipment. 

• Place two custody seals on the cooler in separate areas that would indicate if 

tampering had occurred. 

The following markings will be placed on the top of the cooler: 

• This end up 
Page 10 of 11 

• Fragile 

• Next day priority service 

• Shipment delivery address 

• Sender's return address 

• A completed shipping bill should be made for the carrier of choice and taped to 

the top of the cooler using the envelope provided by the shipper. 

• The express carrier should be called to arrange pick-up of the cooler(s), or 

delivered to the nearest carrier's office. 

• The pink copy of the shipping bill should be retained by the sample manager for 

attachment to the pink copy of the corresponding COC(s). 

An express carrier will be used to aid in meeting sample holding time requirements. The 

Environet Site Manager or designee is responsible for verifying that samples collected by the 

field team have been properly packed in ice chests and for verifying the accuracy and 

completeness of sample labels and COC forms. 

The following is a summary of steps to be followed to verify that paperwork is complete: 

• Prepare sample labels prior to sampling for sampling crew. 

• Receive samples from decontamination/sampling crews. 

• Check or complete the COC form(s). 

• Pack samples in cooler and verify COC accuracy. 

• Verify all labels and forms to meet shipping requirements. 

• Photocopy the COC(s) and retain the photocopy and pink copy for Environet 

files. 

• Send original COC(s) (white and yellow copy) to the contract laboratory. 

• Photocopy field notes if required and send with COC. 

• Obtain pink copy of shipping bill and staple to pink portion of corresponding 

COC(s). 
Appendix D Waste Management Plan

Waste Management Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring

Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility, Pearl Harbor, 

O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

September 2010 

Department of the Navy 

Naval Facilities Engineering Command, Hawai‘i 

400 Marshall Road 

Pearl Harbor, HI 96860-3139

Environmental Technical Services 

Contract Number N62742-08-D-1930, Contract Task Order HC14 

Waste Management Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, 

Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility, Pearl Harbor, 

O‘ahu, Hawai‘i 

September 2010

Prepared for: 

Department of the Navy 

Naval Facilities Engineering Command, Hawai‘i 

400 Marshall Road 

Pearl Harbor, HI 96860-3139 

Prepared by: 

Environet, Inc. 

650 Iwilei Road, Suite 204 

Honolulu, HI 96817-5318

Prepared under: 

Environmental Technical Services 

Contract Number N62742-08-D-1930, Contract Task Order HC14 


Waste Management Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Table of Contents

September 2010

ii

This page is intentionally left blank. 
Waste Management Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Table of Contents

September 2010

iii

Table of Contents 

List of Acronyms............................................................................................................................v

Section 1 Introduction............................................................................................................. 1-1

1.1 Project Description and Management ............................................................................. 1-1

Section 2 Project Organization .............................................................................................. 2-1

2.1 Project Organization and Responsibilities....................................................................... 2-1

2.1.1 Project Manager ........................................................................................................ 2-1

2.1.2 Field Manager/Health and Safety Officer ................................................................. 2-1

2.1.3 Project Staff............................................................................................................... 2-2

2.1.4 Personnel Qualifications ........................................................................................... 2-2

Section 3 Identification of Waste Streams ............................................................................ 3-1

3.1 PPE and Miscellaneous Waste ........................................................................................ 3-1

3.2 Decontamination and Purge Water.................................................................................. 3-1

Section 4 Waste Management and Disposal ......................................................................... 4-1

4.1 IDW Storage.................................................................................................................... 4-1

4.2 Waste Characterization.................................................................................................... 4-1

4.3 Transportation and Disposal............................................................................................ 4-1

4.4 Disposal Facilities ........................................................................................................... 4-2

Tables 

Table 2-1: Project Organization and Responsibilities ................................................................. 2-1 
Waste Management Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Table of Contents

September 2010

iv

This page is intentionally left blank. 
Waste Management Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

List of Acronyms

September 2010

v

List of Acronyms 

COPC chemicals of potential concern 

DON Department of the Navy 

EPA United States Environmental Protection Agency 

FM Field Manager 

HSO Health and Safety Officer 

HSP Health and Safety Plan 

IDW investigation derived waste 

LTM long term monitoring 

NAVFAC Naval Facilities Engineering Command 

PM Project Manager 

PPE personal protective equipment 

RHSF Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

QA quality assurance 

QC quality control 

SVMPs soil vapor monitoring points 

WMP Waste Management Plan 

WP work plan 

UST underground storage tank 
Waste Management Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

List of Acronyms

September 2010

vi

This page is intentionally left blank.
Waste Management Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Introduction

September 2010

1-1

Section 1 Introduction 

Long-term monitoring (LTM) at the Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, 

Hawai‘i, herein after referred to as RHSF, will occur between September 2010 and August 2011. 

The LTM will include quarterly groundwater monitoring, monthly soil vapor monitoring, and 

monthly fuel product monitoring at existing groundwater monitoring wells and soil vapor 

monitoring points (SVMPs) to evaluate the presence and magnitude of chemicals of potential 

concern (COPCs). 

This Waste Management Plan (WMP) has been prepared by Environet for Naval Facilities 

Engineering Command (NAVFAC) Hawai‘i under Contract Number N62742-08-D-1930, 

Contract Order HC14. This WMP updates the Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility Final Work 

Plan Addendum, Pearl Harbor, Hawai‘i, dated May 2006. 

1.1 Project Description and Management 

Previous investigations at the site indicate that the subsurface is contaminated with petroleum 

products and lead. Major tasks that will be performed include four rounds of quarterly 

groundwater monitoring at seven groundwater monitoring wells, five of which are inside RHSF 

and two which are outside RHSF, to give an accurate profile of the groundwater in the area. 

The objective of this project is to perform continued LTM to evaluate underground storage tank 

(UST) – related contamination in soil and groundwater at the RHSF. A total of four quarterly 

monitoring events and twelve monthly events will be performed starting in September 2010 and 

ending in August 2011. The LTM data will be used as a basis for decision making at the site. 

Details and references to the site background, previous investigations and results, regulatory 

requirements, as well as the details of the remedial action are presented in the Work Plan (WP). 
Waste Management Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Introduction

September 2010

1-2

This page is intentionally left blank. 
Waste Management Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Project Organization

September 2010

2-1

Section 2 Project Organization 

This section provides a summary of key project personnel, subcontractors, and the project 

organizational structure. Having a clear understanding of each individual and organization’s 

roles and responsibilities will be instrumental in the successful completion of the project. 

2.1 Project Organization and Responsibilities 

The following table contains the project contact list showing key personnel and organizations for 

this project. 

Table 2-1: Project Organization and Responsibilities 

Title Project Personnel Contact Information 

Navy Technical Representative Darren Uchima (808) 471-1171 ext. 217 

Program Manager, Environet Zachary Payne (808) 227-0844 

zpayne@environetinc.com 

Project Manager (PM), Environet Vilma Dupra (808) 754-3925 

vdupra@environetinc.com 

Health and Safety Officer (HSO), 

Environet Shelby Koide (808) 833-2225 ext. 1038 skoide@environetinc.com 

Field Manager (FM) Branden Ibara (808) 833-2225 ext. 1016 

bibara@environetinc.com 

Quality Control (QC) Manager Weixi Zheng (808) 277-0467 

wzheng@environetinc.com 

This organizational structure is designed to ensure that all personnel involved with the project 

will receive proper instruction and information, and that appropriate quality assurance (QA) and 

QC procedures will be followed throughout the field investigation. The roles and responsibilities 

of key project personnel are presented below. 

2.1.1 Project Manager 

The PM, Ms. Vilma Dupra, has overall responsibility for completing the project in accordance 

with the scope of work. The PM will be directly responsible for scheduling and developing the 

technical approach for completing project tasks, providing strategic direction to project personnel 

and implementing the Health and Safety Plan (HSP). The PM will also oversee the preparation 

of the project WP, HSP, and all other project deliverables. The PM will be responsible for 

monitoring the quality of work products, ensuring that project milestones are being met, and for 

implementing corrective measures when necessary. 

2.1.2 Field Manager/Health and Safety Officer 

The FM, Mr. Ibara, will be responsible for scheduling and directing all field activities and will 

implement the WP. The FM will receive strategic instructions from the PM on how to 

implement the WMP. The FM will also be responsible for coordinating with subcontractors and 
Waste Management Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Project Organization

September 2010

2-2

vendors to ensure that all necessary equipment, personnel, and supplies are ready and available 

to complete the groundwater monitoring activities. 

The HSO Ms. Shelby Koide will be responsible for implementing and enforcing the HSP during 

field activities. The HSO will conduct health and safety meetings and monitoring as required by 

the HSP, and ensure that personal protective equipment (PPE) and safety monitoring 

instrumentation are available and ready for use. The HSO will report health and safety issues 

directly to the Environet PM and has the authority to stop work at any time should conditions be 

deemed unsafe. If there is a work stoppage due to health and safety reasons, the HSO will 

consult with the PM to investigate the cause of the concern and implement appropriate corrective 

action based on the procedures described in the HSP. 

2.1.3 Project Staff 

Each member of the project staff will be responsible for reading and understanding the 

requirements of this WP and the HSP prior to taking part in any field activities. The project staff 

will receive their work assignment and instructions from the Environet PM. 

2.1.4 Personnel Qualifications 

All personnel assigned to the project, including employees and subcontractors, will be qualified 

to perform the tasks to which they are assigned. Appraisal of personnel qualifications will be 

made by the PM. The appraisal will include a comparison of the job assignment requirements 

with the relevant experience and training of the prospective assignee. It will also include a 

determination of whether further project staff training is required. If further training is required, 

the PM shall schedule the training so that project staff has the necessary training before the start 

of field activities. 
Waste Management Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Identification of Waste Streams

September 2010

3-1

Section 3 Identification of Waste Streams 

The investigation-derived waste (IDW) from the sampling activities will consist of PPE, 

miscellaneous waste, and decontamination and purge water taken from the two existing 

groundwater monitoring wells from outside of the RHSF. 

3.1 PPE and Miscellaneous Waste 

Incidental waste including PPE (e.g., nitrile gloves), will be generated due to site activities and 

may have been in direct contact with site groundwater. Miscellaneous waste, including paper 

towels, plastic sheeting, plastic drink bottles, and disposable sampling equipment will also be 

generated. 

3.2 Decontamination and Purge Water 

Decontamination water will be generated as a result of decontamination of field equipment and 

PPE. The collected purge water is generated during sampling activities from monitoring wells 

that are not located inside the RHSF tunnels. The purge water is not expected to be 

contaminated and a low amount of purge water is expected to be generated (approximately two 

drums per monitoring event). The decontamination and purge water will be collected and stored 

in 55-gallon drums. The IDW decontamination and purge water is assumed to be non-hazardous 

waste and will be transported offsite to an on-island treatment facility for disposal. 

 
Waste Management Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Pearl Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Identification of Waste Streams

September 2010

3-2

This page is intentionally left blank. 
Waste Management Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Waste Management and Disposal 

September 2010

4-1

Section 4 Waste Management and Disposal 

IDW will be managed in accordance with United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) 

Guidance for Management of IDW during Site Inspections (1992) and Procedure I-A-6 IDW 

Management of the Project Procedures Manual United States Navy Environmental Restoration 

Program Naval Facilities Engineering Command Pacific Division (DON, 2007). IDW will be 

disposed of in accordance with applicable State, Federal, or local regulations. 

4.1 IDW Storage 

The IDW will be stored in 55-gallon drums at the Site. Drums will be placed upright on pallets 

before the drums are stored to minimize damage to drums from weathering and exposure to the 

surrounding environment. Environet will store the IDW drums in dry, shaded areas and covered 

with impervious plastic sheeting. 

All spent PPE and miscellaneous waste will be disposable and managed as non-hazardous solid 

waste. All PPE and miscellaneous waste will be collected in plastic trash bags and disposed on a 

daily basis in the proper on-site trash receptacle. 

4.2 Waste Characterization 

Waste characterization of IDW water will be performed to determine the method and location of 

disposal. Environet will characterize all wastes prior to transport and disposal. 

Groundwater collected as part of the monitoring will be analyzed for volatile organic compounds 

(EPA-8260B), total petroleum hydrocarbons-diesel range organics (EPA-8015B), total petroleum 

hydrocarbons-gasoline range organics (EPA-8260B), dissolved lead (EPA-6020), and 

polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons (EPA-8270C SIM). The results of the sampling activities 

will be used to characterize the IDW water. 

Environet will evaluate the results for the samples collected to determine the appropriate waste 

class. Constituent concentrations found in these results will be compared to the regulatory levels 

as found in 29 Code of Federal Regulations 1910.1200, and to the waste acceptance criteria of 

the respective waste disposal facility. Closure requirements under Resource Conservation 

Recovery Act are not applicable to the Site. Based on analytical results of samples collected 

during previous monitoring events, Environet anticipates that the purge water generated during 

field activities will be predominantly non-hazardous. 

4.3 Transportation and Disposal 

Environet will oversee and coordinate all phases of waste removal and disposal including, but 

not limited to, the following: 

 waste classification; 

 waste loading; 
Waste Management Plan 

Long-Term Monitoring, Red Hill Bulk Fuel Storage Facility 

Harbor, O‘ahu, Hawai‘i

Waste Management and Disposal 

September 2010

4-2

 preparation of shipping papers; 

 waste transportation; 

 waste disposal; and 

 waste tracking. 

All IDW drums will be loaded into end-dump trucks or equivalent State of Hawai‘i Department 

of Transportation-approved transport. The trucks will be covered with tarps, and provided with 

the proper shipping papers for transport to the appropriate disposal facility. All loads will be 

logged and tracked to ensure that each load arrives at its respective destination. All waste 

generated at the Site will be transported and disposed of in accordance with applicable Federal 

and State laws and regulations. 

4.4 Disposal Facilities 

All waste at the Site is expected to be non-hazardous. The IDW will be disposed of according to 

analytical testing and acceptance by the receiving facility. Environet will prepare a profile for 

each waste stream to be disposed of and submit the profile to the receiving facility for approval. 

In the event that hazardous waste is found, Environet will designate an appropriate disposal 

facility at that time. The determination of an appropriate hazardous waste landfill depends on the 

unit costs determined under a competitive bidding system that is affected by the overall quantity 

to be generated. At this point, no hazardous waste is expected to be found; therefore, no 

hazardous waste quantity has been estimated. 
Appendix E Table of EALs 

GROUNDWATER

DOH EALa Laboratory-Specific Limitsb Analytes 

Drinking 

Water 

Toxicity 

Gross 

Contamination 

PAL PQL 

Goal LOQs LODs MDLs 

Analytical Group: VOCs (EPA- 8260B) 

1,1,1-Trichloroethane 200 970 200 20 1.0 0.28 0.14 

1,1,2-Trichloroethane 5 50,000 5 0.5 1.0 0.4 0.2 

1,1-Dichloroethane 2.4 50,000 2.4 0.24 1.0 0.38 0.19 

1,1-Dichloroethylene 7 1,500 7 0.7 1.0 0.6 0.30 

1,2,3-Trichloropropane 0.6 50,000 0.6 0.06 2.0 c 0.78 0.39 

1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 70 3,000 70 7 1.0 0.42 0.21 

1,2-Dibromo-3-

chloropropane 

0.04 10 0.04 0.004 2.0 c 1.52 0.76 

1,2-Dibromoethane 0.0065 50,000 0.0065 0.00065 1.0 c 0.4 0.20 

1,2-Dichlorobenzene 600 10 10 1.0 1.0 0.34 0.17 

1,2-Dichloroethane 0.15 7,000 0.15 0.015 1.0 c 0.28 0.14 

1,2-Dichloropropane 5 10 5 0.5 1.0 0.34 0.17 

1,3-Dichlorobenzene 180 50,000 180 18 1.0 0.22 0.11 

1,3-Dichloropropene 

(total of cis/trans) 

0.43 50,000 0.43 0.043 1.0 c 0.36 0.18 

1,4-Dichlorobenzene 75 5 5 0.5 1.0 0.38 0.19 

Acetone 22,000 20,000 20,000 2,000 10.0 1.9 0.95 

Benzene 5 170 5 0.5 1.0 0.32 0.16 

Bromodichloromethane 0.22 50,000 0.22 0.022 1.0 c 0.28 0.14 

Bromoform 100 510 100 10 1.0 0.28 0.14 

Bromomethane 8.7 50,000 8.7 0.87 2.0 0.48 0.24 

Carbon Tetrachloride 5 520 5 0.5 1.0 0.2 0.10 

Chlorobenzene 100 50 50 5 1.0 0.42 0.21 

Chloroethane 8,600 16 16 1.6 1.0 0.42 0.21 

Chloroform 70 2,400 70 7 1.0 0.14 0.07 

Chloromethane 1.8 50,000 1.8 0.18 1.0 0.62 0.31 

cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene 70 50,000 70 7 1.0 0.32 0.16 

Dibromochloromethane 0.16 50,000 0.16 0.016 1.0 c 0.38 0.19 

Ethylbenzene 700 30 30 3 1.0 0.46 0.23 

Hexachlorobutadiene 0.86 6 0.86 0.086 1.0 c 0.38 0.19 

Methyl ethyl ketone 7,100 8,400 7,100 710 10.0 1.2 0.6 

Methyl isobutyl ketone 2,000 1,300 1,300 130 10.0 3.8 1.9 

Methyl tert-butyl Ether 12 5 5 0.5 1.0 0.38 0.19 

Methylene chloride 4.8 9,100 4.8 0.48 5.0 c 0.7 0.35 

Styrene 100 10 10 1 1.0 0.5 0.25 

Tetrachloroethane, 

1,1,1,2- 

0.52 50,000 0.52 0.052 1.0 c 0.26 0.13 

Tetrachloroethane, 

1,1,2,2- 

0.067 500 0.067 0.0067 1.0 c 0.2 0.10 

Tetrachloroethylene 5 170 5 0.5 1.0 0.3 0.15 

Toluene 1,000 40 40 4 1.0 0.34 0.17 

trans-1,2-

Dichloroethylene 

100 260 100 10 1.0 0.38 0.19 

Trichloroethylene 5 310 5 0.5 1.0 0.32 0.16 

Vinyl chloride 2 3,400 2 0.2 1.0 0.46 0.23 
DOH EALa

 Laboratory-Specific Limitsb Analytes 

Drinking 

Water 

Toxicity 

Gross 

Contamination 

PAL PQL 

Goal LOQs LODs MDLs 

Xylenes 10,000 20 20 2.0 1.0 0.38 0.19 

Analytical Group: PAHs (EPA 8270C SIM) 

Acenaphthene 370 20 20 2.0 0.2 0.12 0.0612 

Acenaphthylene 240 2000 240 24 0.2 0.13 0.0657 

Anthracene 1800 22 22 2.2 0.2 0.22 0.110 

Benzo(a)anthracene 0.092 4.7 0.092 0.0092 0.2 c 0.14 0.0689 

Benzo(g,h,i)perylene 1500 0.13 0.13 0.013 0.2 c 0.16 0.0785 

Benzo(a)pyrene 0.2 0.81 0.2 0.02 0.2 0.12 0.0577 

Benzo(b)fluoranthene 0.092 0.75 0.092 0.0092 0.2 c 0.12 0.0621 

Benzo(k)fluoranthene 0.92 0.4 0.4 0.04 0.2 0.19 0.0947 

Chrysene 9.2 1 1 0.1 0.2 0.17 0.0837 

Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene 0.0092 0.52 0.0092 0.00092 0.2 c 0.13 0.0650 

Fluoranthene 1500 130 130 13 0.2 0.16 0.0823 

Fluorene 240 950 240 24 0.2 0.14 0.0724 

Ideno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene 0.092 0.095 0.092 0.0092 0.2 c 0.13 0.0644 

1,-Methylnaphthalene 4.7 10 4.7 0.47 0.2 0.12 0.06 

2,- Methylnaphthalene 24 10 10 1 0.2 0.12 0.06 

Naphthalene 17 21 17 1.7 0.2 0.11 0.0536 

Phenanthrene 240 410 240 24 0.2 0.16 0.0788 

Pyrene 180 68 68 6.8 0.2 0.17 0.0845 

Analytical Group: TPH 

TPH-GRO (EPA 8260B) 100 100 100 10 50 17.2 8.6 

TPH-DRO (EPA 8015B) 210 100 100 10 150 c 80.8 40.4 

Analytical Group: Dissolved Lead (EPA 6020) 

Lead 15 5000 15 1.5 0.5 0.22 0.11 

Note: All units are in micrograms per liter (μg/L). 

DOH – State of Hawai‘i Department of Health 

EAL – environmental action level 

LOD – Limit of Detection 

LOQ – Limit of Quantification 

MDL –method detection limit 

PAL – project action level 

PQL - project quantification limit 

a DOH EALs (DOH 2009a): Table D-1b. Groundwater Action Levels (Groundwater is a current or potential 

drinking water resource; surface water body is not located within 150 meters of release site) b

 Laboratory-specific LOQs, LODs, and MDLs are limits that an individual laboratory can achieve when 

performing a specific analytical method. c

 In the case where an EAL for a specific chemical is less than the standard method reporting limit for a 

commercial laboratory, it is generally acceptable to consider the method reporting limit in place of the action 

level (DOH, Evaluation of Environmental Hazards at Sites with Contaminated Soil and Groundwater 2008, 

updated March 2009).